Product Detail Manual

94181-Attachment 94181-Attachment 94181-Attachment 662019 Batch6 unilog cesco-content

116263-Catalog 116263-Catalog 116263-Catalog 662019 Batch8 unilog cesco-content

133675-Catalog 133675-Catalog 133675-Catalog Batch9 unilog cesco-content

133676-Catalog 133676-Catalog 133676-Catalog Batch9 unilog cesco-content

693892-Catalog 693892-Catalog 693892-Catalog Batch9 unilog cesco-content

2014-07-05

: Pdf 105605-Attachment 105605-Attachment 662019 Batch5 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 96

DownloadProduct Detail Manual
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
Across the line

Contactors

Across the line contactors
A9 - AF1650

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

A9 - A110

• Maximum UL/CSA horsepower ratings according
to UL508 and CSA22.2 No. 14
• Includes NEMA sizes 00 - 3
• CE mark
• Compact space saving design
• Standard auxiliary contact configurations:
A9 - A40
1 NO or 1 NC
A50 - A110
1 NO & 1 NC
• Contactor sizes A50 - A110 can be supplied
without auxiliaries
• Additional auxiliary contact blocks are available
• D.C. ratings & D.C. control operation available
• Fast, snap-on DIN rail mounting
• Double break contact design
• Snap-on front mounted accessories include
mechanical latch, pneumatic timer, and 1 & 4 pole
auxiliary contact blocks
• Contactors ensure positive safety between their
auxiliary contact blocks.
• Easy coil change
• Captive terminal screws
• NEMA, UL, IEC, CSA, VDE and most other
international standards
• Touch safe design: All connection terminals are
protected against accidental touch
• Terminals supplied open for ease of wiring
• Operates over an extended voltage range of 85%
to 110% of rated control voltage
• Screwdriver guide holes
• UL File No: E39231 (A9 - A75); (AE9 - AE75); (AL9
- AL40); (AF50 - AF75)
• UL File No: E36588 (A95 - A110);
(AE95 - AE110); (AF145 - AF750)
• CSA File No: LR56745 (A9 - A75); (AE9 - AE75);
(AF50 - AF75)
• CSA File No: LR19700 (A95 - A110);
(AE95 - AE110); (AF145 - AF750)
• CSA approved for elevator service

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line 1
rs

A145 - AF1650

• Maximum UL/CSA horsepower ratings according
to UL508 and CSA22.2 No. 14
• Includes NEMA sizes 4 - 8
• CE mark
• 1 NO & 1 NC auxiliary contacts are standard and
up to 6 additional auxiliary contacts may be added
to provide a total of 8 (4 NO & 4 NC)
• Contactors ensure positive safety between their
auxiliary contact blocks.
• D.C. ratings and D.C. control operation available
• Easy maintenance of main contacts and coil
inspection
• Can be mounted in any position
• Terminal lugs sold separately. See page 1.25.
• Operates over an extended voltage range of 85%
to 110% of rated control voltage
• NEMA, UL, IEC, CSA, VDE and most other
international standards
• UL File No: E36588 (A/AF145 - AF750)
• UL File No: E73397 (AF1350 - AF1650)
• CSA File No: LR19700

1.1
1SXU000023C0202

1

A9 - A300
General information
AC operated, UL rated, 3 phase

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con
Application

Control circuit types

A-Line contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and for
controlling power circuits corresponding to their operating characteristics up to
690 and even 1000 VAC. and 440 VDC.

• 	A-Line types: AC operated with laminated magnetic circuit.

Description of 3 pole and 4 pole contactors A9 - A300

•	 3 pole contactors with NO or NC built in auxiliary contact for A9 - A40
contactors; factory assembled auxiliary contacts for A50 - A300 contactors

All A-Line contactors can be assembled side by side. The add-on or built-in
auxiliary contacts are suitable for low level currents.

Contactor types
•	 4 pole contactors: 4 NO or 2 NO & 2 NC without any auxiliary contacts.
(A9 - A75)

Quick mounting on DIN rail: EN 50022 and
EN 50023 standards:

Location of surge suppressors.

35 x 7.5mm for A9 - A40
35 x 15mm for A9 - A75

Clear marking of coil voltages and frequencies.

75mm for A45 - A110

Location of side mounted accessories: on right or
left hand side. Factory mounted on left hand side for
CAL5 on A50 - A300

Connecting point for control leads in top part of
main terminals of A50 - A75 contactors. For A95
& A110 contactors these are additional power
connections.

Holes for screw mounting (screws not supplied).
Distance between holes according to
EN 50003.

Terminal marking according to IEC 947-4-1,
EN 50005, EN 50012 and NEMA standards.
Location of function marker.

Terminals in A9 - A110 contactors are delivered
in open position with captive screws (screws of
unused terminals must be tightened).

Stops for attaching front mounted accessories.

Screwdriver guidance for all terminals makes it
possible to use motorized screwdrivers.
All terminals provide protection against accidental
direct contact with live parts according to
VDE0106 - Part. 100.

A9 - A300

Terminal screws:
•	 Posidrive (+,-) No 2 for all A9 - A75

All A9 - A40 contactor terminals as well as
A45 - A300 contactor auxiliary contact and coil
terminals ensure IP20 degree of protection
according to IEC 947-1.

•	 M8 hex threaded socket screw for A95 - A300
main terminals.

Catalog number explanation
A9-30-10-84
Frame size

Coil voltage
(see coil voltage selection chart)

Power pole

Auxiliary contacts

30	 =	 3 NO
40	 =	 4 NO
22	 =	 2 NO & 2 NC

10	 =	
01	 =	
11	 =	
00	 =	
22	 =	

	

1 NO & 0 NC
0 NO & 1 NC
1 NO & 1 NC
No auxiliary provided
2 NO & 2 NC

Coil voltage selection chart
	 Cntr								 Volts
Hz
		 type	 12	 24	 48	 110	 120	 125	 208	 220	 240	 277	 380	 415	 440	 480	 500	 600
	 60	 A		

81	 83	 84	 84		

34	 36	 80	 42		

	 50	 A		
81	 83	 84				
For other voltages, see page 1.24.

1.2	
1SXU000023C0202	

80			

86	 86	

51	 53	

85	 86			

55

55

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

A9 - A300
Non-reversing, mechanically interlocked, reversing
AC operated, UL rated, 3 phase

	

A26-30-10-84	

A110M-30-11-84	

	
Maximum motor	
Standard
	 UL general 	 UL motor	 	
	
Aux. contacts	
horsepower ratings
	 purpose	 switching 	
	
	 current	
current 							
208V	
240V	
480V	
575/600V	
NO	
NC

	

AC1	

	

			

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line 1
rs

A110R-30-11-84
Non-reversing	

Catalog	
number	

  				

Mechanically interlocked	
List	
price	

Catalog	
number	

Reversing

List	
price	

Catalog	
number	

List
price

UL rated
$ 78	
	

A9M-30-10-84	
$ 255	 A9R-30-10-84	
A9M-30-01-84		 A9R-30-01-84

	
	
21	
9	
2	
2	
5	
7.5
							

1	
0	

0	
1	

A9-30-10-84	
A9-30-01-84	

	
	
25	
11	
3	
3	
7.5	
10
							

1	
0	

0	
1	

A12-30-10-84	
A12-30-01-84	

84	
	

A12M-30-10-84	
315	 A12R-30-10-84	
A12M-30-01-84		 A12R-30-01-84

375

	
	
30	
17	
5	
5	
10	
15
							

1	
0	

0	
1	

A16-30-10-84	
A16-30-01-84	

	
102
	

A16M-30-10-84	
	 A16R-30-10-84	
345
A16M-30-01-84		 A16R-30-01-84

413

	
	
40	
28	
7.5	
10	
20	
25
							

1	
0	

0	
1	

A26-30-10-84	
A26-30-01-84	

	
183
	

A26M-30-10-84	
405	 A26R-30-10-84	
A26M-30-01-84		 A26R-30-01-84

480

	
	
50	
34	
10	
10	
25	
30
							

1	
0	

0	
1	

A30-30-10-84	
	
252
A30-30-01-84		

A30M-30-10-84	
A30M-30-01-84	

	 A30R-30-10-84	
548
	 A30R-30-01-84

623

	
	
60	
42	
10	
15	
30	
40
							

1	
0	

0	
1	

A40-30-10-84	
	
297
A40-30-01-84		

A40M-30-10-84	
	 A40R-30-10-84	
639
A40M-30-01-84		 A40R-30-01-84

750

	

80	

54	

15	

20	

40	

50	

1	

1	

A50-30-11-84	

330	

A50M-30-11-84	

713	 A50R-30-11-84	

810

	

90	

65	

20	

25	

50	

60	

1	

1	

A63-30-11-84	

372	

A63M-30-11-84	

870	 A63R-30-11-84	

1,013

	

105	

80	

25	

30	

60	

75	

1	

1	

A75-30-11-84	

413	

A75M-30-11-84	

1,155	 A75R-30-11-84	

1,298

	

125	

95	

30	

30	

60	

75	

1	

1	

A95-30-11-84	

450	

A95M-30-11-84	

1,230	 A95R-30-11-84	

1,425

	

140	

110	

30	

40	

75	

100	

1	

1	

A110-30-11-84	

480	

A110M-30-11-84	

1,365	 A110R-30-11-84	

1,628

	

230	

130	

40	

50	

100	

125	

1	

1	

A145-30-11-84	

825	

A145M-30-11-84	

2,235	 A145R-30-11-84	

2,250

	

250	

156	

50	

60	

125	

150	

1	

1	

A185-30-11-84	

1,290	

A185M-30-11-84	

3,360	 A185R-30-11-84	

3,375

	

300	

192	

60	

75	

150	

200	

1	

1	

A210-30-11-84	

1,635	

A210M-30-11-84	

4,035	 A210R-30-11-84	

4,050

	

350	

248	

75	

100	

200	

250	

1	

1	

A260-30-11-84	

1,815	

A260M-30-11-84	

4,485	 A260R-30-11-84	

4,500

	

400	

302	

100	

100	

250	

300	

1	

1	

A300-30-11-84	

1,875	

A300M-30-11-84	

5,460	 A300R-30-11-84	

5,475

	

550	

414	

125	

150	

350	

400	

1	

1	

	

650	

480	

150	

200	

400	

500	

1	

1	

	

750	

602	

200	

250	

500	

600	

1	

1	

	

900	

810	

250	

300	

600	

700	

1	

1

	

1350	

960	

—	

400	

800	

900	

1	

1

	

1650	

1080	

—	

450	

900	

1000	

1	

1

$ 315

See Type AF contactors, page 1.9

Coil voltage selection
All AC operated catalog numbers include a 120VAC coil. To select other coil
voltages, substitute the code from the Coil Voltage Selection Chart for the two
digits after the last dash in the catalog number.
Ex.: A 240V coil is required for an A75 contactor: A75-30-11-80
For additional auxiliary contact blocks, see catalog number explanation on page
1.2. Add $ 20 to list price for each additional auxiliary, and see page 1.32 for
available combinations. Only side-mounted blocks are allowed to be factory
installed. If auxiliary contacts are not required for A50 - A300, subtract $ 40 from
list price and change catalog number to “00” instead of “11.”

Mechanical interlock
Mechanically interlocked contactors are designed for reversing, 2 speed, reduced
voltage, etc. type starter applications. The complete assembly consists of two
mechanically and electrically interlocked contactors mounted as follows with line
and load terminals:

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

Coil voltage selection chart
	 Cntr								 Volts
Hz
		 type	 12	 24	 48	 110	 120	 125	 208	 220	 240	 277	 380	 415	 440	 480	 500	 600

Auxiliary contact blocks

•	 A9 - A16 — mounted on 35mm DIN rail
•	 A26 - A300 — mounted on common baseplate

Power wiring is not included. The NC electrical interlock is provided with the
mechanical interlock for A9 - A110 contactors.

	 60	 A		

81	 83	 84	 84		

34	 36	 80	 42		

	 50	 A		
81	 83	 84				
For other voltages, see page 1.24.

80			

86	 86	

51	 53	

85	 86			

55

55

Reversing
Reversing contactors are designed for reversing type starter applications. The
complete assembly consists of two mechanically and electrically interlocked
contactors mounted as follows with line and load terminals:
•	 A9 - A16 — mounted on 35mm DIN rail
•	 A26 - A300 — mounted on common baseplate
The NC electrical interlock is provided with the mechanical interlock for A9 - A110
contactors.

Discount schedule AA [OA] - A9 - A110
Discount schedule AEA [OC] - A145 - A300

1.3
1SXU000023C0202

A-Line contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and for
controlling power circuits corresponding to their operating characteristics up to
690 and even 1000 VAC. and 440 VDC.

Uc (DC)
A1

Uc (DC)

A2

A1

B2 - Holding

Control circuit types
AE types: with laminated magnetic circuit and double-winding coil fed from DC
supply via a CDL5 insertion contact mounted on the device. The CDL5 has an NC
lagging contact for insertion of the second winding. (See schematic.)

CDL5 (AE45 to AE75)
CCL5 (AE95 to AE110)

A2

NC contact in
4th contactor
pole

B2 - Holding

B1 - Pull-in

U

Application

Varistor

1

AE9 - AE110
General information
DC operated, UL rated, 3 phase

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

A3

B1 - Pull-in
A3

AE9 to AE40

AE45 to AE110

Location of surge suppressors.
Quick mounting on DIN rail: EN 50022 and
EN 50023 standards:

Clear marking of coil voltages and frequencies.

35 x 7.5mm for AE9 - AE40
35 x 15mm for AE9 - AE75

Connecting point for control leads in top part of
main terminals of AE50 - AE75 contactors. For
AE95 & AE110 contactors these are additional
power connections.

75mm for AE45 - AE110
Location of side mounted accessories: on right
or left hand side. Factory mounted on left hand
side for CAL5 on A50 - A300

Terminal marking according to IEC 947-4-1,
EN 50005, EN 50012 and NEMA standards.

•	 right hand side for CDL5/CCL5 on
AE45 - AE110

Location of function marker.
Holes for screw mounting (screws not supplied).
Distance between holes according to EN 50003.

Stops for attaching front mounted accessories.
Terminal screws:

Terminals delivered in open position with captive
screws (unused terminal screws must be
tightened).

AE9 - AE110

•	 Posidrive (+,-) No° 2 for all AE9 - AE75
•	 M8 hex threaded socket screw for AE95 & AE110

Screwdriver guidance for all terminals makes it
possible to use motorized screwdrivers.
All terminals provide protection against accidental
direct contact with live parts according to
VDE0106 - Part. 100.
All AE9 - AE40 contactor terminals as well as
AE45 - AE110 contactor auxiliary contact and
coil terminals ensure IP20 degree of protection
according to IEC 947-1.

Catalog number explanation
AE9-30-00-81
Frame size

Coil voltage
(see coil voltage selection chart)

Power pole

Auxiliary contacts

30	 =	 3 NO
40	 =	 4 NO
22	 =	 2 NO & 2 NC

00	 =	 No auxiliary provided
11	 =	 1 NO & 1 NC

	

Coil voltage selection chart
	

Hz
		

	

	 DC	

Contr.	
type	

12	

24	

48	

Volts
110	

125	

220	

240	

AE	

80	

81	

83	

86	

87	

88	

89

For other voltages, see page 1.24.

1.4	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

AE9 - AE110
Non-reversing, mechanically interlocked, reversing
DC operated, UL rated, 3 phase

	

AE26-30-11-81	

	 General 	
	 purpose	
	 current	

	
	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

	

AE110M-30-11-81	

Maximum motor	
horsepower ratings

Standard
Aux. contacts	

UL motor	 	
	
switching
	 208V	
240V	
480V	
575/600V	
NO	
NC	
current
							

AC1	

	

21	
25	
30	
40	
50	
60	
80	
90	
105	
125	
140	
230	
250	
300	
350	
400	
550	
650	
750	
900	
1350	
1650	

9	
11	
17	
28	
34	
42	
54	
65	
80	
95	
110	
130	
156	
192	
248	
302	
414	
480	
602	
810	
960	
1080	

2	
3	
5	
10	
10	
15	
20	
25	
30	
30	
40	
50	
60	
75	
100	
100	
150	
200	
250	
300	
400	
450	

5	
7.5	
10	
20	
25	
30	
40	
50	
60	
60	
75	
100	
125	
150	
200	
250	
350	
400	
500	
600	
800	
900	

AE110R-30-11-81

Non-reversing	

UL rated

7.5	
10	
15	
25	
30	
40	
50	
60	
75	
75	
100	
125	
150	
200	
250	
300	
400	
500	
600	
700	
900	
1000	

AE9-30-11-81	
AE12-30-11-81	
AE16-30-11-81	
AE26-30-11-81	
AE30-30-11-81	
AE40-30-11-81	
AE50-30-11-81	
AE63-30-11-81	
AE75-30-11-81	
AE95-30-11-81	
AE110-30-11-81	

1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	

1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1	
1
1
1

Mechanically interlocked	

Catalog	
number	

  			

			
2	
3	
5	
7.5	
10	
10	
15	
20	
25	
30	
30	
40	
50	
60	
75	
100	
125	
150	
200	
250	
—	
—	

Catalog	
number	

List	
price	

Catalog	
number	

List
price

$ 118	
124	
142	
223	
292	
337	
375	
477	
518	
555	
690	

AE9M-30-11-81 	
AE12M-30-11-81	
AE16M-30-11-81	
AE26M-30-11-81	
AE30M-30-11-81	
AE40M-30-11-81	
AE50M-30-11-81	
AE63M-30-11-81	
AE75M-30-11-81	
AE95M-30-11-81	
AE110M-30-11-81	

$ 335	
395	
425	
485	
628	
720	
803	
1,080	
1,365	
1,440	
1,785	

AE9R-30-11-81 	
AE12R-30-11-81	
AE16R-30-11-81	
AE26R-30-11-81	
AE30R-30-11-81	
AE40R-30-11-81	
AE50R-30-11-81	
AE63R-30-11-81	
AE75R-30-11-81	
AE95R-30-11-81	
AE110R-30-11-81	

$ 395
455
493
560
703
830
930
1,208
1,493
1,635
2,048

See AF contactors, page 1.9

Coil voltage selection chart

All DC operated catalog numbers include a 24VDC coil. To select other coil
voltages, substitute the code from the Coil Voltage Selection Chart for the two
digits after the last dash in the catalog number.

	

Auxiliary contact blocks
For additional auxiliary contact blocks, see catalog number explanation on page
1.4. Add $ 20 to list price for each additional auxiliary, and see page 1.32 for
available combinations.

Mechanical interlock
Mechanically interlocked contactors are designed for reversing, 2 speed, reduced
voltage, etc. type starter applications. The complete assembly consists of two
mechanically and electrically interlocked contactors mounted as follows with line
and load terminals:

Reversing

List	
price	

Coil voltage selection

Ex.: A 110V coil is required for an AE75 contactor: AE75-30-11-86

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line 1
rs

Hz
		

	

	 DC	

Contr.	
type	

12	

24	

48	

Volts
110	

125	

220	

240	

AE	

80	

81	

83	

86	

87	

88	

89

For other voltages, see page 1.24.

Reversing
Reversing contactors are designed for reversing type starter applications. The
complete assembly consists of two mechanically and electrically interlocked
contactors mounted as follows with line and load terminals:
•	 AE9 - AE16 — mounted on 35mm DIN rail
•	 AE26 - AE110 — mounted on common baseplate
The NC electrical interlock is provided with the mechanical interlock.

•	 AE9 - AE16 — mounted on 35mm DIN rail
•	 AE26 - AE110 — mounted on common baseplate
Power wiring is not included.
The NC electrical interlock is provided with the mechanical interlock.

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

Discount schedule AA [OA] - AE9 - AE110

1.5
1SXU000023C0202

1

AL9 - AL40
General information
DC operated, UL rated, 3 phase

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con
Application

AL and AL...Z contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and for
controlling power circuits corresponding to their operating characteristics up to
690 and even 1000 VAC. and 440 VDC.

Control circuit types
AL9 - AL40: DC coil with low power consumption of 3W to 3.5W
AL9Z - AL16Z: DC coil with low power consumption of 2.4W. Designed to be
directly controlled by PLC.

Location of surge suppressors.
Quick mounting on DIN rail: EN 50022 and
EN 50023 standards:

Clear marking of coil voltages and frequencies.

35 x 7.5mm for AL9 - AL40
35 x 15mm for AL9 - AL40

Location of side mounted accessories: on right
or left hand side.
Terminal marking according to IEC 60947-4-1,
EN 50005, EN 50012 and NEMA standards.
Location of function marker.
Holes for screw mounting (screws not supplied).
Distance between holes according to EN 50003.

Stops for attaching front mounted accessories.
Terminal screws:

Terminals delivered in open position with captive
screws (unused terminal screws must be
tightened).

AL9 - AL40

•	 Posidrive (+,-) No° 2 for all AL contactors

Screwdriver guidance for all terminals makes it
possible to use motorized screwdrivers.
All terminals provide protection against accidental
direct contact with live parts according to
VDE0106 - Part. 100.
All AL9 - AL40 contactor terminals as well as
contactor auxiliary contacts and coil terminals
ensure IP20 degree of protection according to
IEC 60947-1.

Catalog number explanation
AL9 - 30 - 10 - 81
Frame size

Coil voltage
(see coil voltage selection chart)

Power pole

Auxiliary contacts

30	 =	 3 NO	

10	 =	 1 NO & 0 NC
01 = 0 NO & 1 NC

Coil voltage selection
	

Hz
		

	

Contr.	
type	

12	

24	

48	

110	

125	

220	

240	

	 DC	

AL	

80	

81	

83	

86	

87	

88	

89

15	

28

	 DC	

Volts

AL...Z		

For other voltages, see page 1.24.

1.6	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

AL9 - AL40, AL9Z - AL16Z
Non-reversing, mechanically interlocked, reversing
DC operated, UL rated, 3 phase

	

AL9-30-10-81	

AL26-30-10-81	

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line 1
rs

AL40-30-10-81

AL Contactors — 3W and 3.5W consumption
	 General 	
	 purpose	
	 current	

	

	
Maximum motor	
Standard
	
Aux. contacts	
horsepower ratings
UL motor	 	
switching 	
208V	
240V	
480V	
575/600V	
NO	
NC	
current 							

AC1	

	

Non-reversing	
Catalog	
number	

  				

			

Mechanically interlocked	
List	
price	

Catalog	
number	

Reversing

List	
price	

Catalog	
number	

List
price

UL rated
	
	

AL9M-30-10-81	
	 AL9R-30-10-81	
$ 411
AL9M-30-01-81		 AL9R-30-01-81

	
21	
9	
2	
2	
5	
7.5	
							

1	
0	

0	
1	

AL9-30-10-81	
AL9-30-01-81	

	
25	
11	
3	
3	
7.5	
10	
							

1	
0	

0	
1	

AL12-30-10-81	
AL12-30-01-81	

	
169
	

AL12M-30-10-81	
	 AL12R-30-10-81	
490
AL12M-30-01-81		 AL12R-30-01-81

498

	
30	
17	
5	
5	
10	
15	
							

1	
0	

0	
1	

AL16-30-10-81	
AL16-30-01-81	

188

	
	

AL16M-30-10-81	
	 AL16R-30-10-81	
526
AL16M-30-01-81		 AL16R-30-01-81

527

	
40	
28	
7.5	
10	
20	
25	
							

1	
0	

0	
1	

AL26-30-10-81	
AL26-30-01-81	

238

	
	

AL26M-30-10-81	
	 AL26R-30-10-81	
606
AL26M-30-01-81		 AL26R-30-01-81

643

	
50	
34	
10	
10	
20	
30	
							

1	
0	

0	
1	

AL30-30-10-81	
AL30-30-01-81	

	
326
	

AL30M-30-10-81	
AL30M-30-01-81	

	 AL30R-30-10-81	
781
	 AL30R-30-01-81

826

	
60	
42	
10	
15	
30	
40	
							

1	
0	

0	
1	

AL40-30-10-81	
AL40-30-01-81	

376

	
	

AL40M-30-10-81	
AL40M-30-01-81	

892

	 AL40R-30-10-81	
	 AL40R-30-01-81

912

$ 138

$ 433

ALZ Contactors — 2.4W consumption
	 General 	
	 purpose	
	 current	

	

	
Maximum motor	
Standard
	
Aux. contacts	
horsepower ratings
UL motor	 	
switching 	
208V	
240V	
480V	
575/600V	
NO	
NC	
current 							

AC1	

	

Non-reversing	
Catalog	
number	

  				

			

Mechanically interlocked	
List	
price	

Catalog	
number	

List	
price	

Reversing
Catalog	
number	

List
price

UL rated
	
	

AL9ZM-30-10-15	
	 AL9ZR-30-10-15	
$ 319
AL9ZM-30-01-15		 AL9ZR-30-01-15

173

	
	

AL12ZM-30-10-15	
	 AL12ZR-30-10-15	
417
AL12ZM-30-01-15		 AL12ZR-30-01-15

477

	
	

AL16ZM-30-10-15	
	 AL16ZR-30-10-15	
441
AL16ZM-30-01-15		 AL16ZR-30-01-15

501

	
21	
9	
2	
2	
5	
7.5	
							

1	
0	

0	
1	

AL9Z-30-10-15	
AL9Z-30-01-15	

	
25	
11	
3	
3	
7.5	
10	
							

1	
0	

0	
1	

AL12Z-30-10-15	
AL12Z-30-01-15	

	
30	
17	
5	
5	
10	
15	
							

1	
0	

0	
1	

AL16Z-30-10-15	
AL16Z-30-01-15	

188

$ 141

$ 429

Coil voltage selection

Mechanical interlock

All DC operated catalog numbers include a 24VDC coil. To select other coil
voltages, substitute the code from the Coil Voltage Selection Chart for the two
digits after the last dash in the catalog number.
Ex.: A 48V coil is required for an AL30 contactor: AL30-30-10-83

Mechanically interlocked contactors are designed for reversing, 2 speed, reduced
voltage, etc. type starter applications. The complete assembly consists of two
mechanically and electrically interlocked contactors mounted as follows with line
and load terminals:

Auxiliary contact blocks

•	 AL9 & AL16 — mounted on 35mm DIN rail
•	 AL26 & AL40 — mounted on common baseplate

For additional auxiliary contact blocks, see catalog number explanation on page
1.6. Add $ 20 to list price for each additional auxiliary, and see page 1.32 for
available combinations.

	

Hz
		

Contr.	
type	

12	

24	

48	

110	

125	

220	

240	

	 DC	

AL	

80	

81	

83	

86	

87	

88	

89

15	

28

	 DC	

Volts

AL...Z		

The NC electrical interlock is provided

Reversing

Coil voltage selection
	

Power wiring is not included.

Reversing contactors are designed for reversing type starter applications. The
complete assembly consists of two mechanically and electrically interlocked
contactors mounted with line and load terminals.

For other voltages, see page 1.24.

1		 Only coil voltages available for AL9Z – AL16Z.
Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

Discount schedule AA [OA] — AL9 - AL40

1.7
1SXU000023C0202

1

AF50 - AF1650
General information
AC & DC operated, UL rated, 3 phase

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con
Application

Control circuit types

A-Line contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors
and for controlling power circuits corresponding to their operating
characteristics up to 690 and even 1000 VAC. and 440 VDC.

• 	AF types: AC/DC operated with laminated magnetic circuit.

Contact or types

Description of 3 pole contactors AF50 - AF1650
All AF contactors can be assembled side by side. The add-on auxiliary
contacts are suitable for low level currents.

•	 3 pole contactors with 1 NO or 1 NC factory assembled auxiliary
contacts for AF50 - AF1650 contactors

Quick mounting on DIN rail: EN 50022 and
EN 50023 standards:

Surge suppressors built in as standard on the
printed circuit board.

35 x 15mm for AF50 - AF75
75mm for AF50 - AF110

Clear marking of coil voltages and frequencies.

Location of side mounted accessories: on right or
left hand side. Factory mounted on left hand side for
CAL5 on AF50 - AF1650

A2
A1

Holes for screw mounting (screws not supplied).
Distance between holes according to
EN 50003.

3

Connecting point for control leads in top part of
main terminals of AF50 - AF75 contactors. For
AF95 & AF110 contactors these are additional
power connections.

5L
2

3L
1

1L

Terminal marking according to IEC 947-4-1,
EN 50005, EN 50012 and NEMA standards.
Location of function marker.
Stops for attaching front mounted accessories.

UL

Terminal screws:

Terminals delivered in open position with captive
screws (screws of unused terminals must be
tightened).

•	 Posidrive (+,-) No 2 for all AF50 – AF75

AF50 - AF1650

Screwdriver guidance for all terminals makes it
possible to use motorized screwdrivers.

•	 M8 hex threaded socket screw for AF95 –
AF1650 main terminals.

All terminals provide protection against accidental
direct contact with live parts according to VDE0106
- Part. 100.
All AF50- AF110 contactor terminals as well as
AF50 - AF1650 contactor auxiliary contact and
coil terminals ensure IP20 degree of protection
according to IEC 947-1.

Catalog number explanation
AF50 - 30 - 11 - 70
Frame size

Coil voltage
(see coil voltage selection chart)

Power pole

Auxiliary contacts

30	 =	 3 NO
40	 =	 4 NO
22	 =	 2 NO & 2 NC

11	 =	 1 NO & 1 NC
00	 =	 No auxiliary provided
22	 =	 2 NO & 2 NC

	

Coil voltage selection – AF50 to AF1650
24 - 60 DC
68 1

20 - 60 DC
72 2

AC/DC VOLTS, 40 - 60 Hz
48 - 130 AC/DC 100 - 250 AC/DC
69
70 3

250 - 500 AC//DC
71 4

1 AF400 – AF750, DC only.
2 AF50 – AF300, DC only.
3 Only option for AF1350 / AF1650.
4 AF400 - AF750 only.

1.8	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

AF50 - AF1650
Non-reversing, mechanically interlocked, reversing
AC & DC operated, UL rated, 3 phase

	

AF63-30-11-70	

AF95-30-11-70	

AF400-30-11-70	

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line 1
rs

AF750-30-11-70	

3 Pole
	 General	 UL motor		
	 purpose	 switching	
Maximum UL Listed	
	 current	
current 	
motor horsepower ratings	

Standard	
auxiliary	
contacts	

	

AC1	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

80	
90	
105	
125	
140	
230	
250	
300	
350	
400	
550	
650	
750	
900	
1260	
1350	
1650	
2050	

54	
65	
80	
95	
110	
130	
156	
192	
248	
302	
414	
480	
602	
810	
—	
960	
1080	
—	

208V	

240V	

480V	

575/600V	

NO	

NC

15	
20	
25	
30	
30	
40	
50	
60	
75	
100	
125	
150	
200	
250	
—	
—	
—	
—	

20	
25	
30	
30	
40	
50	
60	
75	
100	
100	
150	
200	
250	
300	
—	
400	
450	
—	

40	
50	
60	
60	
75	
100	
125	
150	
200	
250	
350	
400	
500	
600	
—	
800	
900	
—	

50	
60	
75	
75	
100	
125	
150	
200	
250	
300	
400	
500	
600	
700	
—	
900	
1000	
—	

1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	

1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	

Non-reversing	

Mechanically interlocked	

Reversing

Catalog	
number	

List	
price	

Catalog	
number	

List	
price	

Catalog	
number	

List
price

AF50-30-11-70	
AF63-30-11-70	
AF75-30-11-70	
AF95-30-11-70	
AF110-30-11-70	
AF145-30-11-70	
AF185-30-11-70	
AF210-30-11-70	
AF260-30-11-70	
AF300-30-11-70	
AF400-30-11-70	
AF460-30-11-70	
AF580-30-11-70	
AF750-30-11-70	
AF1250-30-11-70	
AF1350-30-11-70	
AF1650-30-11-70	
AF2050-30-11-70	

$ 450	
495	
535	
570	
600	
1,110	
1,635	
1,980	
2,235	
2,385	
3,120	
4,425	
6,900	
7,200	
8,120	
8,490	
10,230	
12,820	

AF50M-30-11-70	
AF63M-30-11-70	
AF75M-30-11-70	
AF95M-30-11-70	
AF110M-30-11-70	
AF145M-30-11-70	
AF185M-30-11-70	
AF210M-30-11-70	
AF260M-30-11-70	
AF300M-30-11-70	
AF400M-30-11-70	
AF460M-30-11-70	
AF580M-30-11-70	
AF750M-30-11-70	
—	
—	
—	
—	

$ 953	
1,116	
1,399	
1,470	
1,605	
2,655	
3,870	
4,545	
5,055	
6,030	
6,705	
13,275	
18,375	
19,725	
—	
—	
—	
—	

AF50R-30-11-70	
AF63R-30-11-70	
AF75R-30-11-70	
AF95R-30-11-70	
AF110R-30-11-70	
AF145R-30-11-70	
AF185R-30-11-70	
AF210R-30-11-70	
AF260R-30-11-70	
AF300R-30-11-70	
AF400R-30-11-70	
AF460R-30-11-70	
AF580R-30-11-70	
AF750R-30-11-70	
—	
—	
—	
—	

$ 1,050
1,259
1,542
1,665
1,868
2,670
3,375
4,560
5,070
6,045
6,720
13,290
18,390
19,740
—
—
—
—

Coil voltage selection – wide range AC/DC coils
All catalog numbers include a 100-250V AC/DC coil. To select other coil voltages,
substitute the code from the Coil Voltage Selection Chart for the two digits after
the last dash in the catalog number.
Ex.: A 24V coil is required for a AF110 contactor: AF110-30-11-72

Coil voltage selection – AF50 to AF1650
24 - 60 DC
68 1

20 - 60 DC
72 2

AC/DC VOLTS, 40 - 60 Hz
48 - 130 AC/DC 100 - 250 AC/DC
69
70 3

250 - 500 AC//DC
71 4

1 AF400 – AF1250, DC only.
2 AF50 – AF300, DC only.
3 Only option for AF1350 - AF2050.
4 AF400 - AF750 only.

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

Discount schedule AA [OA] - AF50 – AF110
Discount schedule AEA [OC] - AF145 - AF2050

1.9
1SXU000023C0202

A/AF/AL9 - A/AF/AL110
Contactors for ring tongue termination
AC & DC operated, UL rated, 3 phase

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

1
	
	
	
	

UL	
UL Motor	
UL/CSA horsepower ratings	
Auxiliary contacts	
general purpose	
switching						
current	
current	
240V	
480V	
575/600V	
NO	
NC	
AC1							

AC operated	

DC operated

Catalog	
number	

List	
price	

Catalog	
number	

List
price

0	
1	
0	
1	
0	
1	
0	
1	
0	

A93010RT-84 	
A93001RT-84	
A123010RT-84 	
A123001RT-84	
A163010RT-84 	
A163001RT-84	
A263010RT-84 	
A263001RT-84	
A503000RT-84	

	
$ 83	

	
30	
17	
5	
10	
15	
						
	
	
40	
28	
10	
20	
25
						
	
80	
54	
20	
40	
50	

1	
0	
1	
0	
1	
0	
1	
0	
0	

	
122	
	
172	
363	

AL93010RT-81	
AL93001RT-81
AL123010RT-81	
AL123001RT-81
AL163010RT-81	
AL163001RT-81	
AL263010RT-81	
AL263001RT-81
AF503000RT-70	

	

90	

65	

25	

50	

60	

0	

0	

A633000RT-84	

417	

AF633000RT-70	

647

	

105	

80	

30	

60	

75	

0	

0	

A753000RT-84	

475	

AF753000RT-70	

687

	

125	

95	

30	

60	

75	

0	

0	

AF95B3011RT-70	

927	

AF95B3011RT-70	

927

	

140	

110	

40	

75	

100	

0	

0	

AF110B3011RT-70	

986	

AF110B3011RT-70	

986

	
	
21	
9	
2	
5	
7.5
						
	
	
25	
11	
3	
7.5	
10
						

Coil voltage selection – AC coils
All AC operated catalog numbers include a 120VAC coil. To select other coil
voltages, substitute the code from the AC coils Coil Voltage Selection Chart for
the two digits after the last dash in the catalog number.
Ex.: A 240V coil is required for an A75 contactor: A753000RT-80

	
90	

		
	Hz	
	 60	
	 50	

207
211
262
582

Cntr								 Volts
type	 12	 24	 48	 110	 120	 125	 208	 220	 240	 277	 380	 415	 440	 480	 500	 600

A		
A		

81	 83	 84	 84		
34	 36	 80	 42		
86	 86	 51	 53	
81	 83	 84				
80			
85	 86			
55

For other voltages, see page 1.24.

All DC operated catalog numbers include a 24VDC coil. To select other coil
voltages, substitute the code from the DC coils Coil Voltage Selection Chart for
the two digits after the last dash in the catalog number.

Coil voltage selection chart – DC coils
	 Hz	
		
	 DC	

Auxiliary contact blocks

186

Coil voltage selection chart – AC coils

Coil voltage selection – DC coils

Ex.: A 110V coil is required for an AE75 contactor: AE753000RT-86

$ 152

Contr.	

55

Volts

type	

24	

48	

110	

125	

220	

240	

AE	

81	

83	

86	

87	

88	

89

For other voltages, see page 1.24.

For additional auxiliary contact blocks, see catalog number explanation on page
1.2. Add $ 20 to list price for each additional auxiliary, and see page 1.32 for
available combinations. Only side-mounted blocks are allowed to be factory
installed.

Auxiliary contact block with ring tongue termination
	
	
Positioning
		

Maximum number	
of contact blocks	

	
	 Front mounting	
1 block
	
	
(C4-pole)	
A/AE9 – A/AE110
			

1.10	
1SXU000023C0202	

Contact	
description	

Catalog	
number	

2 NO & 2 NC	
3 NO & 1 NC	
4 NO	

CA5-22ERT	
CA5-31ERT	
CA5-40ERT

List
price

$ 35

Discount schedule AA [OA] – A9 - A110
Discount schedule ABA [OF] – Auxiliary contact blocks

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

A9 – AF1650
Non-reversing, mechanically interlocked, reversing
NEMA rated, AC operated, 3 phase

	

A26N1-30-10-84	

A145N4-30-11-84	

	
Maximum motor 	
Standard
			
	
Aux. contacts	
	
horsepower ratings
	 NEMA	 Continuous
	
	
	
size	
current
200V	
230V	
460/575V		
NO	
NC
							

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line 1
rs

AF400N6-30-11-70

Non-reversing	

Mechanically interlocked	

Catalog	
number	

List	
price	

Catalog	
number	

Reversing

List	
price	

Catalog	
number	

List
price

NEMA rated
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

00	
0	
1	
2	
3	
4	
5	
6	
7	
8	

9	
18	
27	
45	
90	
135	
270	
540	
810	
1215	

1.5	
3	
7.5	
10	
25	
40	
75	
150	
—	
—	

1.5	
3	
7.5	
15	
30	
50	
100	
200	
300	
450	

2		
5		
10		
25		
50		
100		
200		
400		
600		
900		

1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	

0	
0	
0	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	

A9N00-30-10-84	
$ 78	
A16N0-30-10-84	
102	
A26N1-30-10-84	
183	
A50N2-30-11-84	
330	
A75N3-30-11-84	
413	
A145N4-30-11-84	
825	
A260N5-30-11-84	 1,815	
AF460N6-3011-70	 4,425	
AF750N7-3011-70	 7,200	
AF1650N83011-70	 10,230	

A9N00M-10-84	
A16N0M-10-84	
A26N1M-10-84	
A50N2M-11-84	
A75N3M-11-84	
A145N4M-11-84	
A260N5M-11-84	
AF460N6M-11-70	
AF750N7M-11-70	
—	

$ 255 	
345	
405	
713	
1,155	
2,235	
4,485	
13,275	
19,725	
—	

A9N00R-10-84	
A16N0R-10-84	
A26N1R-10-84	
A50N2R-11-84	
A75N3R-11-84	
A145N4R-11-84	
A260N5R-11-84	
AF460N6R-11-70	
AF750N7R-11-70	
—	

$ 315
413
480
810
1,298
2,250
4,500
13,290
19,740
—

Coil voltage selection – A contactors

Reversing

All AC operated catalog numbers include a 120VAC coil. To select other coil
voltages, substitute the code from the Coil Voltage Selection Chart for the two
digits after the last dash in the catalog number.

Reversing contactors are designed for reversing type starter applications. The
complete assembly consists of two mechanically and electrically interlocked
contactors mounted as follows with line and load terminals:

Ex.: A 240V coil is required for an A75 contactor: A75N3-30-11-80

•	 A9 - A16 — mounted on 35mm DIN rail
•	 A26 - A750 — mounted on common baseplate

Coil voltage selection – wide range AC/DC coils
The NEMA size 6,7 and 8 contactors are provided with a wide range coil voltage.
They are shown with the standard 100-250V AC/DC coil. To select other ranges
substitute the code from the coil voltage selection chart for the two digits after the
last dash in the catalog number.
Ex.: A 24V coil is required for the AF460N6 contactor: AF460N6-3011-68

Auxiliary contact blocks
For additional auxiliary contact blocks, see catalog number explanation on page
1.2. Add $ 20 to list price for each additional auxiliary, and see page 1.32 for
available combinations.

Mechanical interlock
Mechanically interlocked contactors are designed for reversing, 2 speed, reduced
voltage, etc. type starter applications. The complete assembly consists of two
mechanically and electrically interlocked contactors mounted as follows with line
and load terminals:

For A9 - A750 contactors the NC electrical interlock is provided with the
mechanical interlock.

Coil voltage selection – A contactors

	
Hz	
		
	 60	
	 50	

								 Volts
Cntr
type	 12	 24	 48	 110	 120	 125	 208	 220	 240	 277	 380	 415	 440	 480	 500	 600

A		
A		

81	 83	 84	 84		
34	 36	 80	 42		
86	 86	 51	 53	
81	 83	 84				
80			
85	 86			
55

55

For other voltages, see page 1.24.

Coil voltage selection – AF460N6 to AF1650N8
	

AC/DC VOLTS, 40 - 60 HZ

	

24 - 60 DC	

48 - 130 AC/DC	

100 - 250 AC/DC	

	

68 1	

69	

70 3	

250-500 AC/DC

71 2

•	 A9 - A16 — mounted on 35mm DIN rail
•	 A26 - A750 — mounted on common baseplate
Power wiring is not included.
For A9 - A110 contactors the NC electrical interlock is provided with the
mechanical interlock.

1 AF400 – AF750, DC only.
2 AF400 - AF750 only.
3 Only option for AF1650.

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

Discount schedule AA [OA] - A9 - A110
Discount schedule AEA [OC] - A145 - AF750

1.11
1SXU000023C0202

AE9 – AF1650, AL9 – AL26
Non-reversing, mechanically interlocked, reversing
NEMA rated, DC operated, 3 phase

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

1

	

AE26N1-30-11-81	

AF145N4-30-11-68	

AF460N6R-11-68

AE & AF Contactors

	
Maximum motor	
Standard
	
Aux. contacts	
	
horsepower ratings
			
	 NEMA	 Continuous
	
	
size	
current 	
200V	
230V	
460/575V		
NO	
NC
							

		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

00	
0	
1	
2	
3	
4	
5	
6	
7	
8	

	
9	
18	
27	
45	
90	
135	
270	
540	
810	
1215	

  				

			
1.5	
3	
7.5	
10	
25	
40	
75	
150	
—	
—	

1.5	
3	
7.5	
15	
30	
50	
100	
200	
300	
450	

Non-reversing	

2		
5		
10		
25		
50		
100		
200		
400		
600		
900		

1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	

0	
0	
0	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	

Mechanically interlocked	

Catalog	
number	

List	
price	

Catalog	
number	

Reversing

List	
price	

Catalog	
number	

List
price

NEMA rated

AE9N00-30-11-81	 $ 118	
AE16N0-30-11-81	
142	
AE26N1-30-11-81	
223	
AE50N2-30-11-81	
375	
AE75N3-30-11-81	
518	
AF145N4-3011-70	 1,110	
AF260N5-3011-70	 2,235	
AF460N6-3011-70	 4,425	
AF750N7-3011-70	 7,200	
AF1650N83011-70	 10,230	

AE9N00M-11-81	
AE16N0M-11-81	
AE26N1M-11-81	
AE50N2M-11-81	
AE75N3M-11-81	
AF145N4M-11-70	
AF260N5M-11-70	
AF460N6M-11-70	
AF750N7M-11-70	
—	

$ 325 	 AE9N00R-11-81	
425	 AE16N0R-11-81	
485	 AE26N1R-11-81	
803	 AE50N2R-11-81	
1,365	 AE75N3R-11-81	
2,655	 AF145N4R-11-70	
5,055	 AF260N5R-11-70	
13,275	 AF460N6R-11-70	
19,725	 AF750N7R-11-70	
—	 —	

$ 395
493
560
930
1,493
2,670
5,070
13,290
19,740
—

AL Contactors
	
Maximum motor	
Standard
	
Aux. contacts	
	
horsepower ratings
			
	 NEMA	 Continuous
	
	
	
size	
current
208V	
240V	
460/575V		
NO	
NC
							

		
	
	
	

00	
0	
1	

	
9	
18	
27	

			
1.5	
3	
7.5	

1.5	
3	
7.5	

Non-reversing	

  				
2		
5		
10		

1	
1	
1	

0	
0	
0	

Mechanically interlocked	

Catalog	
number	

List	
price	

Catalog	
number	

Reversing

List	
price	

Catalog	
number	

List
price

NEMA rated

AL9N00-30-10-81	
AL16N0-30-10-81	
AL26N1-30-10-81	

$ 155	
205	
253	

AL9N00M-10-81	
AL16N0M-10-81	
AL26N1M-10-81	

$ 319 	 AL9N00R-10-81	
441	 AL16N0R-10-81	
473	 AL26N1R-10-81	

$ 379
501
533

Coil voltage selection – AE contactors

Reversing

All DC operated catalog numbers include a 24VDC coil. To select other coil
voltages, substitute the code from the Coil Voltage Selection Chart for the two
digits after the last dash in the catalog number.

Reversing contactors are designed for reversing type starter applications. The
complete assembly consists of two mechanically and electrically interlocked
contactors mounted as follows with line and load terminals:

Ex.: A 125V coil is required for an AE75 contactor: AE75N3-30-11-87

•	 AE9 - AE16 — mounted on 35mm DIN rail
•	 AE26 - AE75 — mounted on common baseplate

Coil voltage selection – AF wide range AC/DC coils
All catalog numbers include a 100-250V AC/DC coil. To select other coil voltages,
substitute the code from the Coil Voltage Selection Chart for the two digits after
the last dash in the catalog number.
Ex.: A 24V coil is required for a AF145 contactor: AF145N4-30-11-72

Auxiliary contact blocks
For additional auxiliary contact blocks, see catalog number explanation on page
1.2. Add $ 20 to list price for each additional auxiliary, and see page 1.32 for
available combinations.

Mechanical interlock
Mechanically interlocked contactors are designed for reversing, 2 speed, reduced
voltage, etc. type starter applications. The complete assembly consists of two
mechanically and electrically interlocked contactors mounted as follows with line
and load terminals:

For AE9 - AE75 contactors the NC electrical interlock is provided with the
mechanical interlock.

Coil voltage selection – AF50 to AF1650
24 - 60 DC
68 1

20 - 60 DC
72 2

AC/DC VOLTS, 40 - 60 Hz
48 - 130 AC/DC 100 - 250 AC/DC 250 - 500 AC/DC
69
70 4
71 3

Coil voltage selection – AE & AL contactors
	 Hz	
		
	 DC	

Contactor	
type	
AE, AL	

Volts
12	
–	

24	
81	

48	
83	

110	
86	

125	
87	

220	
88	

240	
89

•	 AE9 - AE16 — mounted on 35mm DIN rail
•	 AE26 - AE75 — mounted on common baseplate
Power wiring is not included.
For AE9 - AE75 contactors the NC electrical interlock is provided with the
mechanical interlock.
1 AF400 – AF750, DC only.	
2 AF50 – AF300, DC only.	

1.12	
1SXU000023C0202	

3 AF400 - AF750 only.
4 Only option for AF1650.

Discount schedule AA [OA] - A9 - A110
Discount schedule AEA [OC] - A145 - AF750

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

A9 – A/AE75 , EK110 – EK1000, AL9 – AL26
AC & DC operated, UL rated, 4 pole

	

A9-40-00	

A75-40-00	

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line 1
rs

EK175C4P-PL

4 Pole – 4 NO power poles
	

UL general purpose current	

AC operated	

	

AC operated	

DC operated	

	
	
	
	
	
	

21	
30	
40	
65	
80	
105	

21	
30	
40	
65	
80	
105	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	

DC operated	

Catalog number	

List price	

List price

$ 120	
165	
228	
360	
413	
525	

AL9-40-00-81	
AL16-40-00-81	
AL26-40-00-81	
AE45-40-00-86	
AE50-40-00-86	
AE75-40-00-86	

$ 141
192
246
420
473
570

EK110C4P-1L	
743	
EK150C4P-1L	
1,013	
EK175C4P-1L	  1,763	
EK210C4P-1L	
2,025	
EK370C4P-1L	
4,650	
EK550C4P-1L	
6,510	
EK1000C4P-1L	
9,000	

EK110C4P-PL	
EK150C4P-PL	
EK175C4P-PL	
EK210C4P-PL	
EK370C4P-PL	
EK550C4P-PL	
EK1000C4P-PL	

953
1,238
1,988
2,280
5,010
7,005
9,700

A9-40-00-84	
A16-40-00-84	
A26-40-00-84	
A45-40-00-84	
A50-40-00-84	
A75-40-00-84	

150	
150	
200	
200	
250	
250	
300	­300	
400	
400	
600	
600	
1000 1	
1000 1	

Catalog number	

4 Pole – 4 NC power poles
	

UL general purpose current	

	
	

AC	
operated	

	

30	

AC operated	
Catalog	
number	

List
price

$ 165

A16-04-00-84	

4 Pole – 2 NO & 2 NC power poles
	

UL general purpose current	

AC operated	

	

AC operated	

DC operated	

	
	
	
	
	

21	
30	
40	
65	
105	

21	
21	
30	
65	
105	

DC operated	

Catalog number	

List price	

$ 120	
165	
228	
360	
525	

A9-22-00-84	
A16-22-00-84	
A26-22-00-84	
A45-22-00-84	
A75-22-00-84	

Catalog number	

List price

AL9-22-00-81	
AL16-22-00-81	
AL26-22-00-81	
AE45-22-00-86	
AE75-22-00-86	

$ 141
215
278
420
570

Coil voltage selection – A contactors

Coil voltage selection

	Hz	 Cntr								

Volts

All AC operated catalog numbers include a 120VAC coil. All DC operated catalog
numbers include a 110VDC coil. To select other coil voltages, substitute the code
from the Coil Voltage Selection Chart for the two digits after the last dash in the
catalog number.

	 60	 A		

81	 83	 84	 84		

	 50	 A		

81	 83	 84				

Ex.: A 240V coil is required for an A75 contactor: A75-30-00-80

For other voltages, see page 1.24.

Auxiliary contact blocks

Coil voltage selection – EK contactors

For additional auxiliary contact blocks, see catalog number explanation on page
1.2. Add $ 20 to list price for each additional auxiliary, and see page 1.32 for
available combinations.

	Hz	

Accessories for EK
Please consult factory.

		 type	 12	 24	 48	 110	 120	 125	 208	 220	 240	 277	 380	 415	 440	 480	 500	 600
34	 36	 80	 42		

Contr.							

80			

86	 86	

51	 53	

85	 86			

55

55

Volts

		

type	

24	 48	 110	 120	 125	 208	 220	 240	 277	 380	 415	 440	 480	 500	 600

	 60	

EK	

F	

	 50	

EK	

N		

1				

J			

	DC	

EK	

Y	

P		

R					

G		
W	

1		

B		

Q		

2	

C	

Z		
3	

3	

4		

M			

6

5

T			

•	 For other voltages, consult factory.
•	 24 & 48VAC coils are not available for sizes EK550. For these applications, use an
interposing control relay.

Coil voltage selection – AE & AL contactors
	 Hz	

Contr.	

		
	 DC	

type	
AE, AL	

Volts
12	
–	

24	
81	

48	
83	

110	
86	

125	
87	

220	
88	

240	
89

For other voltages, see page 1.24.
1	 Not UL Listed. IEC value AC1 for 40°C.

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

Discount schedule AA [OA] - A9 - A75
Discount schedule AEA [OC] - EK110 - EK550

1.13
1SXU000023C0202

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

AF45 - AF75
AC & DC operated, UL rated, 4 pole

Auxiliary contact blocks
For additional auxiliary contact blocks, see catalog number explanation on page 1.8. Add $ 20 to the list price for each
additional auxiliary and see page 1.32 for available combinations. If auxiliary contacts are required for AF50 – AF750
contactors, add $ 40 to the list price and change the 8th & 9th digits in the catalog number from "00" to "11".

4 Pole — 4 NO power poles
	
	

General	
purpose	

Auxiliary	
contacts	

Catalog	
number	

	

AC1	

NO	

NC

	
	
	

65	
80	
105	

0	
0	
0	

0	
0	
0	

AF45-40-00-70	
AF50-40-00-70	
AF75-40-00-70	

List
price

$ 385
435
645

4 Pole — 2 NO - 2 NC power poles
	
	

General	
purpose	

Auxiliary	
contacts	

	

AC1	

NO	

	
	

65	
105	

0	
0	

Catalog	
number	

List
price

NC

0	
0	

AF45-22-00-70	
AF75-22-00-70	

$ 385
645

These contactors (2 NO & 2 NC power poles) can be used for controlling either 2 separate circuits, i.e. 2 loads with 2
separate supplies, or 1 circuit comprising 2 separate loads with 1 single supply (see diagrams below).
When the contactor operates, there is no mechanical overlapping between the NO main poles and NC main poles: Break
before Make.
These contactors (2 NO & 2 NC power poles) are not suitable for a reversing starter or a wye-delta starter or for controlling a
single load from 2 separate supplies.

1 single supply and 2 separate loads

2 separate supplies and 2 separate loads

Supply

"Main" supply
"Back-up"
supply

A1

1

R3

A2

2

R4

R5

7

A1

R6

8

A2

1

R3

2

R4

R5

7

R6

8

Load

Load

Load

Load

Coil voltage selection – wide range AC/DC coils
All catalog numbers include a 100-250V AC/DC coil. To select other coil voltages,
substitute the code from the Coil Voltage Selection Chart for the two digits after
the last dash in the catalog number.
Ex.: A 24V coil is required for a AF45 contactor: AF45-22-00-72

Coil voltage selection – AF50 to AF75
	

AC/DC VOLTS, 40 - 60 HZ

	

24 - 60 DC	

20 - 60 DC 	

48 - 130 AC/DC	

	

68 1	

72 2	

69	

100 - 250 AC/DC

70

1 AF400 – AF750, DC only.
2 AF50 – AF300, DC only.

1.14	
1SXU000023C0202	

Discount schedule AA [OA] - AF45 - AF75

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

UA26 – UA110
for 3 phase capacitor switching, 3 phase
AC operated

	

UA75-30-00-84	

		

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line 1
rs

UA95-30-00-84

Max kvar switching capacity		

Standard auxiliary contacts 		

Catalog	
number	

List
price

	

240V	

480V	

575/600V	

NO	

NC	

	

12.5	

25	

30	

1	

0	

UA26-30-10-84	

$ 225

	

16	

32	

40	

1	

0	

UA30-30-10-84	

338

	
20	
40	
50	
				

0	
1	

0	
1	

UA50-30-00-84	
UA50-30-11-84	

345
375

	
27.5	
55	
70	
				

0	
1	

0	
1	

UA75-30-00-84	
UA75-30-11-84	

450
480

	
35	
70	
75	
				

0	
1	

0	
1	

UA95-30-00-84	
UA95-30-11-84	

465
495

	
40	
80	
85	
				

0	
1	

0	
1	

UA110-30-00-84	
UA110-30-11-84	

525
570

For 3 phase capacitors carrying out single bank or stepped bank compensation.
Max. peak current Î: 100 times the capacitor nominal r.m.s. current at Ue ≤500V or 90 times for Ue>500V
Electrical durability: 100,000 operating cycles.

Power in kvar
	

Contactor	

208V	

240V	

480V	

600V	

Max amps

	
	
	
	
	
	

UA26	
UA30	
UA50	
UA75	
UA95	
UA110	

3.5	
7.0	
10.5	
21.5	
25.0	
28.5	

4.0	
8.0	
12.5	
25.0	
29.0	
33.0	

8.0	
16.5	
25.0	
50.0	
58.0	
66.0	

10.0	
20.5	
31.0	
62.0	
72.0	
83.0	

10
20
30
60
70
80

	
	
	
	
	

A145	
A185	
A210	
A260	
A300	

43	
57	
66	
75	
88	

50	
66	
77	
87	
101	

100	
133	
153	
174	
203	

125	
166	
192	
218	
254	

120
160
185
210
245

	
	
	
	

AF400	
AF460	
AF580	
AF750	

119	
142	
178	
214	

137	
164	
205	
247	

274	
329	
411	
495	

343	
410	
514	
618	

330
396
495
595

Coil voltage selection

Coil voltage selection chart

All AC operated catalog numbers include a 120VAC coil. To select other coil
voltages, substitute the code from the Coil Voltage Selection Chart for the two
digits after the last dash in the catalog number.

		
	Hz	
	 60	
	 50	

Auxiliary contact blocks

Cntr								 Volts
type	 12	 24	 48	 110	 120	 125	 208	 220	 240	 277	 380	 415	 440	 480	 500	 600

A		
A		

81	 83	 84	 84		
34	 36	 80	 42		
86	 86	 51	 53	
81	 83	 84				
80			
85	 86			
55

55

For other voltages, see page 1.24.

For additional auxiliary contact blocks, see catalog number explanation on page
1.2. Add $20 to list price for each additional auxiliary, and see page 1.32 for
available combinations.

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

Discount schedule AA [OA] - UA26 - UA110

1.15
1SXU000023C0202

e
lin
e
h
s
s t ctor
s
o
1 cr nta
A co

Accessories
for A/AF/AL & AE contactors
Auxiliary contact blocks – Standard
	
	

Positioning
	

	

	
	
	
	
	Front mounting	
	 (single pole)	
	
	
	
	
	
	
CAL5-11                  

CA5-10                  

Maximum number	
of contact blocks	

4 blocks:	A9 – A26	
	
AE9 – AE26	
	
AL9 – AL26
5 blocks:	A30, A40, AE30, AE40, AL30, AL40	
6 blocks:	A45 – A110	
	
AE45 - AE110
	
AF45 - AF110	

Contact	
Description	

Catalog 	
number	

1 N.O.	
1 N.C.	

CA5-10
CA5-01

1 N.O. Early make	
1 N.C. Late break	

CC5-10	
CC5-01

	

	

			
			
	Front mounting	 1 block:	
	 (4 pole)	
	
	
	
	

A9 – A26-40-00
	
A30 – A110
	
AE9 – AE110
	
	

4 N.O.	
3 N.O. & 1 N.C.	
2 N.O. & 2 N.C.	
4 N.C.	
2 N.O./2 N.C.1	

CA5-40E
CA5-31E
CA5-22E
CA5-04E
CA5-11/11E	

	
	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	
	
	
	

	
1 block:	
	
	
	
	

	
A9 – A40-30-10	
AL9 – AL40-30-10	
	
	
	

3 N.O. & 1 N.C.	
2 N.O. & 2 N.C.	
1 N.O. & 3 N.C.	
4 N.C.	
4 N.O.	
2 N.O./2 N.C.1	

CA5-31M	
CA5-22M	
CA5-13M	
CA5-04M
CA5-40N
CA5-11/11M	

	
	

	
	

2 blocks:	A9 – A75, AE9-AE45	
1 block:	 AE50 – AE75, AL9 – AL40

1 N.O. & 1 N.C.	

CAL5-11

1 N.O. & 1 N.C.	

CAL18-11

	

	Side mounting	 1 block:	 A/AE/AF95 - A/AE/AF110	
(2 pole)	
2 blocks:	A145 – A300, AF145-AF2050	
	
	
2 blocks:	A145 – A300, AF145-AF2050	

List
price

$ 15

30

1 N.O. & 1 N.C. (inside L or R)	
CAL18-11
1 N.O. & 1 N.C. (outside, L or R)	 CAL18-11B

Auxiliary contact blocks – Front mounting, switching low voltage and low current
	
	

Positioning
	

	

	

	

Maximum number	
of contact blocks	

Contact	
Description	

Degree of	
protection	

Catalog 	
number	

List
price

	
	
4 blocks:	A9 – A26	
	Front mounting	 	
AE9 – AE26	
	 (single pole)	 	
AL9 – AL26	

1 N.O.	
1 N.C.	
1 N.O.	
1 N.C. 	

IP40	
IP40	
IP40	
IP40	

CE5-10D0.1
CE5-01D0.1	
CE5-10D2
CE5-01D2

$ 38

	
	
	
	

1 N.O.	
1 N.C.	
1 N.O.	
1 N.C. 	

IP67	
IP67	
IP67	
IP67	

CE5-10W0.1
CE5-01W0.1	
CE5-10W2
CE5-01W2	

42

		

	
	
	
	

5 blocks:	A30, A40, AE30, AE40, AL30, AL40	
6 blocks:	A45 – A110	
	
AE45 - AE110	
	
AF45 - AF110	

1  Includes 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. overlapping

1.16	
1SXU000023C0202	

Discount schedule ABA [OF]

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

Accessories
Auxiliary contact block technical data
CA5/CAL5-11/CAL18-11/CC5
Types	
		
		
	
Standards	

	

	

Rated insulation voltage Ui
according to IEC 947-5-1	
according to UL/CSA	

	
	

V	
V	

Rated operational voltage Ue	

	

~ V	

Conventional thermal current Ith	

	

A	

1-pole CA5, 4-pole CA5	
2-pole CAL5-11 and 1-pole CC5 	

CAL18-11	
CAL18-11B	

IEC 947-5-1 and EN 60947-5-1
690	
600	

690
690
24 to 690
16

Rated operational current Ie				
in AC-15 acc. to IEC 947-5-1	
24 to 127 V	
A	
6
	
220 to 240 V	
A	
4
	
380 to 440 V	
A	
3
	
500 to 690 V	
A	
2
24 V	
48 V	
72 V	
125 V	
250 V	

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

	

(delivered in open position. Screws of unused terminals should be tightened).	

	
	

Connecting capacity		
• Rigid solid 	
1 or 2 x mm2	

	

in DC-13 acc. to IEC 947-5-1	
	
	
	
	
Connecting terminals	

6
2.8
1
0.55
0.3
M 3.5 (+,-) pozidriv 2 screw
with cable clamp
1 to 4

1 x mm2	
	
2 x mm2		

• Flexible with cable end	
	

0.75 to 2.5
0.75 to 2.5

Mechanical durability	
	
	

	
	
	

Max. switching frequency	

	 cycles/h	

3600

Electrical durability	
Max. switching frequency	

	
	
	 cycles/h	

See curve below
1200

cycles	
	
	

10 million, A9 - A75; 	
	
	

Rated making capacity			
Rated breaking capacity			
Rated short-time withstand current Icw	
q = 40°C	

5 million, A/AF95 - A/AF185;
3 million, A/AF210 - AF750;
0.5 million, AF1350 & AF1650

10 x Ie AC-15
10 x Ie AC-15

A	
A	

1 s	
0.1 s	

100
140

Min. switching capacity	
	
	
17 V / 1 mA 	
				
Short-circuit protection - gG (gl) fuses 	

24V / 50 mA

	

A	

10

Power loss per pole at 6 A		

W	

0.15

	

IP 20

Degree of protection according to IEC 529,	
IEC 144, DIN 40 050 and NFC 20-010	

	
	

Million ops.

CAL18	

CA5, CAL5
30

30
20

20
10

10

5

Million ops

A/AF95...A/AF185 5
A/AF210...AF750

3
2
1

AF1350/AF1650

0.5

2
1
0.5

0.3
0.2
0.1
0.02

CA 5, CAL 5

3

0.3
0.2

0.05

0.1

0.2 0.3

0.5

1

2

3 4 5 6

10

Breaking current (A)

Electrical durability	

0.1
0.02

0.05

0.1

0.2 0.3

0.5

1

2

3

4 5 6

10

Breaking current (A)

AC-15 according to IEC 947-5-1
making current: 10 x	 Ie where cos ϕ = 0.7 and Ue
breaking current: 	
Ie where cos ϕ = 0.4 and Ue
The curves opposite show the electrical durability of the auxiliary contact blocks
according to breaking current Ic.
These curves have been plotted for resistive and inductive loads up to 690
V, 40 to 60 Hz.
Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.17
1SXU000023C0202

1

e
lin
e
h
s
s t ctor
s
o
1 cr nta
A co

Accessories
Auxiliary contact block technical data
CE5

Auxiliary contact blocks for switching low level voltage and current
Types	

		

			
			
			

CE5-10D0.1	
CE5-01D0.1	
CE5-10W0.1	
CE5-01W0.1	

			

Version 100 mA	

Standards	

	

	

CE5-10DZ
CE5-01DZ
CE5-10WZ
CE5-01WZ
Version 2 A		

IEC 947-5-1 and EN 60947-5-1

Approvals			

UL / CSA

Rated insulation voltage Ui
according to IEC 947-5-1	
according to UL/CSA	

	
	

V	
V	

250	
125	

250
250

Rated operational voltage Ue	

	

V	

125	

250

Rated operational current Ie				
in AC-15 or AC-14 acc. to IEC 947-5-1	
	
A	
0.1	
in DC-12 acc. to IEC 947-5-1	
24 V	
A	
0.1	
	
60 V	
A	
0.1	
	
110 V	
A	
0.1	
	
220 V	
A	
0.1	

2
2
0.5
0.2
0.1

Minimal switching	

	

	

3 V / 1 mA	

17 V / 1 mA

Reliability for the minimal switching			

10 -8

Connecting terminals			

M3.5 (+,-) posidriv 2 screw with cable clamp

Connecting capacity
• Rigid solid	
  • Flexible with cable end	

	
	

Short circuit protection			
Degree of protection
according to IEC529, IEC 144, DIN 40 050, NFC 20-010	

	

1SXU000023C0202	

100 mA	

10 A

IP 20

Mounting			
Dimensions			

1.18	

1 ou 2 (1...4) mm2
1 ou 2 (0.75... 2.5) mm2

	
	

Front mounting on contactors:  A, AE, TAE9...110, AL, AF, GA, N, NE	
Identical to those of CA5 single pole

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

Accessories
for A/AF/AL & AE contactors
Pneumatic timers
	
	

Mounting	
on	

	
	
	
	

A9 – A75	
AE9 – AE75	
AL9 – AL40	
	

Timing	
range	

On delay 0.1 – 40 s	
On delay 10 – 180 s 	
Off delay 0.1 – 40 s	
Off delay 10 – 180 s	

Contacts	
N.O.   N.C.	

1	
1	
1	
1	

1	
1	
1	
1	

Catalog 	
number	

List
price

TP40DA	
TP180DA	
TP40IA	
TP180IA

$ 108

Interlocks for two horizontally mounted contactors – A9 - A110

TP40DA

	
	

Feature	
	

	

Mechanical/electrical	
Mechanical/electrical	
Mechanical	

	
	

Mounting	
on	

A/AE/AL9 – A/AE/AL40	
A45 – A110	
A/AE/AL9 – A/AE/AL40	

Contacts	
N.O.   N.C.	

–	
–	
–	

2	
2	
–	

Catalog 	
number	

List
price

$ 45
45
21

VE5-1	
VE5-2 1	
VM5-1	

Interlocks for two horizontally mounted contactors – A95 - AF1250 contactors
	
	

	
	
	

VE5-1

	

Left	
contactors	

Feature
	

Mechanical	
Mechanical	
Mechanical	

A95	 –	 A300	
A210	 –	 A300	
AF400	 –	 AF1250	

Right	
contactors	

A145	 –	 A300	
AF400	 –	 AF460	
AF400	 –	 AF1250	

Catalog 	
number	

List
price

VM300H	
VM300/460H	
VM750H	

$ 110
130
150

Interlocks for two vertically mounted contactors – A95 - AF1250 contactors
	
	

	
	
	
VM300H

	

LK75-L	

LK75-F	

Top	
contactor	

Mechanical	
Mechanical	
Mechanical	

A95	 –	 A300	
A210	 –	 A300	
AF400	 –	 AF1250	

Bottom	
Contactor	

A145	 –	 A300	
AF400	 –	 AF460	
AF400	 –	 AF1250	

Catalog 	
number	

List
price

VM300V	
VM300/460V	
VM750V	

$ 205
250
270

Interlocks for two horizontally mounted contactors – AF1350 - AF2050 contactors
	
	

	

	

Feature
	

LK110

	

Left	
contactor	

Feature
	

Mechanical	

AF1350	 –	 AF2050	

Right	
Contactor	

AF1350	 –	 AF2050	

Catalog 	
number	

VM1650H	

List
price

$ 655

Auxiliary lead terminals
	
	

	
	
	

	

Mounting	
on	

Connections
	

Connects from side	
Connects from top	
Connects from side	

A50	 –	 A75	
A50	 –	 A75	
A95	 –	 A110	

Catalog 	
number	

LK75-L	
LK75-F	
LK110	

List
price

$ 15
15
23

1 Use type VE 5-2 for mechanical and electrical interlocking between A30/A40 and A50 - A75 contactors.

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

Discount schedule ABA [OF]

1.19
1SXU000023C0202

1

e
lin
e
h
s
s t ctor
s
o
1 cr nta
A co

Accessories
for A/AE/AL/AF contactors
Terminal lug kits (Set of 3)
	
	

Wire	
range	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

ATK185

For	
contactor	

6 – 300 MCM	
4 – 400 MCM	
(2) 4-500 MCM	
(2) 2/0 – 500 MCM	
(3) 2/0 – 500 MCM	
(4) 4/0 – 500 MCM	
(4) 1/0 – 750 MCM	
(6) 1/0 – 750 MCM	

A145	 –	 A185	
A210	 –	 A300	
A210	 –	 A300	
AF400	 –	 AF580	
AF580	 –	 AF1250	
	AF1350	
AF1350	 –	 AF2050	
AF1350	 –	 AF2050	

Contact kits
	
	

ATK750/3

ZL75

Catalog 	
number	

For contactors
	

List
price
$ 45
68
110
150
225
235
335
560

ATK185	
ATK300	
ATK300/2	
ATK580/2	
ATK750/3	
ATK1350/4	
ATK1650/4	
ATK1650/6	

	

Catalog 	
number	

List
price

3 Pole
	
	
	
	
	

A/AE/AF50	
A/AE/AF63	
A/AE/AF75	
A/AE/AF95	
A/AE/AF110	

ZL50	
ZL63	
ZL75	
ZL95	
ZL110	

$ 113
135
158
225
255

	
	
	
  	
	

A/AF145	
A/AF185	
A/AF210	
A/AF260	
A/AF300	

ZL145	
ZL185	
ZL210	
ZL260	
ZL300	

300
420
525
855
1,020

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

AF400	
AF460	
AF580	
AF750	
AF1250	
AF1350	
AF1650	
AF2050	

ZL400	
ZL460	
ZL580	
ZL750	
ZL1250	
ZL1350	
ZL1650	
ZL2050	

1,716
2,434
3,795
3,960
5,280
4,255
4,890
6,290

4 Pole
	
	
	

A/AE45	
A/AE50	
A/AE75	

ZLT45	
ZLT50	
ZLT75	

150
150
210

3 Pole	
	
	
	

UA50	
UA75	
UA95	
UA110	

ZLU50	
ZLU75	
ZLU95	
ZLU110	

150
215
306
347

Mechanical latches
ZL145

	
	

For contactors
	

	

Catalog 	
number	

	

A9 - A75, AE45 - AE75, & AL9 - AL40	

List
price

$ 84

WB75A-∆	

∆ - Coil voltage suffix. Refer to Coil Voltage Selection chart and substitute the desired coil voltage suffix for the ∆.

Coil voltage selection chart – mechanical latches for A, AE & AL contactors
	
	
50 Hz (AC/DC)	
60 Hz (AC)
			

	
	
	
	
WB75A-04

	24		
	42		
	48		
	110	

24	 –	 28	
42	 –	 48	
48	 –	 55	
110	 –	 127	

Voltage
code

	

01
02
03
04

	
	
	
	

50 Hz (DC)	
60 Hz (AC)
			

220	 –	 230	
230	 –	 240	
380	 –	 415	
415	 –	 440	

	

Voltage
code

06
05
07
08

220	 –	 255	
230	 –	 277	
380	 –	 440	
440	 –	 480	

Range: WB75A for contactors A9 – A75, AL9 – AL40, AE45 – AE75 and control relays N and NL.
Description: WB75A block: contains a mechanical latching device with electromagnetic impulse unlatching (AC or DC)
or manual unlatching. Captive screw type connecting terminals, built-in cable clamps, M 3.5 (=, -) posidrive 1 screw with
screwdriver guidance, delivered untightened and protected against accidental direct contact.
Operation: After closing, the contactor continues to be held in the closed position by the latching mechanism should the
supply voltage fail at the contact coil terminals.
Contactor opening can be controlled:
•	 Electrically by an impulse* (AC or DC) on the WB75A block coil. The coil is not designed to permanently energized.
•	 Manually by pressing the pushbutton on the front face of the WB75A block.
Mounting: WB75A is clipped onto the front face of the contactor.

Identification markers
	
	
BA5-50

1.20	
1SXU000023C0202	

Mounting	
on	

	

Coil	
voltage	

A/AE/AL/AF9 – A/AE/AL/AF110	
Discount schedule ABA [OF]

Pack of 50	

Catalog 	
number	

List
price

BA5-50	

$ 15

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

Accessories
for A/AE/AL/AF contactors
Connection kits for reversing
	
	

BER...

	
Mounting on 3 pole
contactors
	

Catalog 	
number	

List
price

	

	

A/AE/AL9 – A/AE/AL16	
A/AE/AL26 – A/AE/AL40	

BER16V	
BER40V	

$ 35
49

	
	
	
	

A/AE/AF50 – A/AE/AF75	
A/AE/AF95, A/AE/AF110	
A/AF145 – A/AF185	
A/AF210 – A/AF300	

BEM75-30	
BEM110-30	
BEM185-30	
BEMA300-30	

165
180
260
470

	
	

AF400 – AF460	
AF580 – AF750	

BEM460-30	
BEM750-30	

850
1,200

Application
Connections between the main poles of two 3 pole contactors mounted side by side so that they operate as reversing
contactors.
BEM...

A1

A2

1

3

5

1

3

5

2

4

6

2

4

6

A1

A2

BEM circuit diagram

A2

Connection kits for phase to phase
	
	

	
Mounting on 3 pole
contactors
	

	
	
	
	

A/AE/AF50,	 	 A/AE/AF75	
A/AE/AF95,	 	 A/AE/AF110	
A/AF145	 –	 A/AF185	
A/AF210	 –	 A/AF300	

	
	

AF400	 –	 AF460	
AF580	 –	 AF750	

Catalog 	
number	

List
price

BES75-30	
BES110-30	
BES185-30	
BESA300-30	

$ 75
90
130
200

BES460-30	
BES750-30	

425
650

Catalog
number

List
price

The connection kit for phase to phase contactors is made up of three phase to phase bus bars.

BES...
A1

Description
The connection kits for reversing contactors are made up of three reversing connections and three phase to phase
connections.
BER16V	
– Molded plastic, solid copper bars
BER40V	
– Molded plastic, solid copper bars
BEM75 and 110-30	
– Insulated, solid copper bars

1

3

5

1

3

5

2

4

6

2

4

6

A1

Connection kits for wye-delta starters
Mounting on contactors

A2

BES110 connection diagram

BED...

Line and delta contactor

Wye contactor

A9
A12
A16
A26
A30
A40
A50
A63
A75
A95
A110
A145
A185
A210
A260/A300
AF400/AF460
AF460
AF580
AF750

A9
A9
A12
A16
A26
A26
A30
A40
A50
A75
A95
A110
A145
A185
A210
A260/A300
AF400
AF400/AF460
AF580

Application
Connections between the main poles of a wye-delta starter.
BEY...

$ 46

BEY16V-2
BEY26-2

76

BEY40-2

76
165

BED50U

180
195
225
250
290
375
500
850
900
1,250
1,450

BED75U
BED95U
BED110U
BED145U
BED185U
BED210U
BED300U
BED400U
BED460U
BED580U
BED750U

Description
The connection kits for wye-delta starters are made up of:
•	Three line contactor/wye contactor connections – line side.
•	Three wye contactor/delta contactor connections – load
side.
•	The shorting connection for the “S” contactor.
BEY16V-2, BEY26-2, BEY40-2 – Molded plastic, solid
copper bars
BED50U thru BED750U – Insulated, solid copper bars.
The above connection sets allow a mechanical interlock unit to
be mounted between the wye and delta contactors if required.

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

Discount schedule ABA [OF]

1.21
1SXU000023C0202

1

e
lin
e
h
s
s t ctor
s
o
1 cr nta
A co

Accessories
for A/AE/AL/AF contactors
Additional terminal blocks

	
	

	
Mounting on 3 pole
contactors
	

	
	
	
	
	

A/AE/AL9	 –	A/AE/AL16 (set of 2)	
A/AE/AL26	(set of 2)	
A/AE/AL30	 –	A/AE/AL40	
A/AE/AF50	 –	A/AE/AF75	
A/AE/AF95	 –	A/AE/AF110	

Wire 	
range	

16 – 6	
14 – 6	
12 – 4	
10 – 2	
8 – 1	

Catalog 	
number	

LD-16	
LD-26	
LD-40	
LD-75	
LD-110	

List
price

$ 20
22
26
28
30

Utilization – The LD series terminal block is designed to increase the connection capacity of the contactor on which it is
mounted. The LD 75 and LD110 terminal blocks are mounted in the three independent apertures located above the built-in
connectors.

Terminal extensions

LD110

	
	

Mounting 	
on contactors	

	
	
	
	

A/AE/AF50 – A/AE/AF75	
A/AE/AF95, A/AE/AF110	
A/AF145 – A/AF185	
A/AF210 – A/AF300	

	
	

AF400 – AF460	
AF580 – AF750	

Catalog 	
number	

List
price

BEXT-75	
LW110	
LX185	
LX300	

$ 15
95
90
140

LX460	
LX750	

195
225

Application
They are designed to increase the width of the contactor terminal pads to allow larger connectors to be mounted.
Description
Terminal extension sets contain 3 bars.

Terminal shrouds – two pieces
BEXT-75

	
	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
LX...

	

For contactor
	

A/AF145	 –	 A/AF185 for flush mount	
A/AF145	 –	 A/AF185 for extended mount	
A/AF145	 –	 A/AF185 for shorting bar LY... between A(F)145 / A(F)185 & TA200DU	
A/AF210	 –	 A/AF300 for flush mount	
A/AF210	 –	 A/AF300 for extended mount	
A/AF210	 –	 A/AF300 for shorting bar LY300	
AF400	 –	 AF460 for flush mount	
AF400	 –	 AF460 for extended mount	
AF580	 –	 AF1250 for flush mount	
AF580	 –	 AF1250 for extended mount	

LT185-AC	
LT185-AL
LT185-AY	
LT300-AC	
LT300-AL
LT300-AY	
LT460-AC	
LT460-AL	
LT750-AC	
LT750-AL	

List
price

$ 10	

20

Terminal enlargements
	
	

	
	
	
	
	
	
LT185-AC

Catalog	
number	

	

For contactor
	

A/AF95	 –	 A/AF110	
A/AF145	 –	 A/AF185	
A/AF210	 –	 A/AF300	
AF400	 –	 AF460	
AF580	 –	 AF750	
  AF1250	

Catalog	
number	

LW110	
LW185	
LW300	
LW460	
LW750	
LW1250	

List
price

$ 95
120
130
295
355
375

Arc chutes
	
	

For contactor
	

	

	
	
	
	
	

A/AF145	 –	 A/AF185	
A/AF210	 –	 A/AF300	
A/AF400	 –	 A/AF460	
A/AF580	 –	 A/AF750	
AF1350	 –	 AF1650	

Catalog	
number	

ZW185	
ZW300	
ZW460	
ZW750	
ZW1650	

List
price

$ 130
180
190
230
215

LT185-AL

LW...

1.22	
1SXU000023C0202	

Discount schedule ABA [OF]

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

Accessories
for A/AE/AF contactors
Vertical connection bars between contactor and MCCB – three bars

BEA185/S3/S4

	
	

MCCB	
	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

T1	
T3	
T3	
S3, S4	
T4	
T4   	
T5	
T5	
S5	
S51	
S6	

	
For contactor
	

A/AE/AF50	–	 A/AE/AF75	
A/AE/AF95	–	 A/AE/AF110	
A/AF145	–	 A/AF185	
A/AF145	–	 A/AF185	
A/AF145	 -	 A/AF185 	
A/AF210	 -	 A/AF300	
A/AF210	–	 A/AF300	
A/AF400	 -	 A/AF750 	
A/AF210	–	 A/AF300	
AF400	–	 AF460	
AF400	–	 AF750	

Catalog	
number	

List
price

BEA75/T1	
BEA110/T3	
BEA185/T3	
BEA185/S3/S4	
BEA185/T4	
BEA210/T4	
BEA300/T5	
BEA750/T5	
BEA300/S5	
BEA400/S5	
BEA750/S6	

$ 85
95
60
60
70
70
75
115
75
95
115

Vertical connection bars between contactor and MCCB – three bars

BEAD185D/S3/S4

	
	

MCCB	
	

	
	
	
	
	

S3, S4	
S4	
S5	
S5	
S6	

For contactor	
	

A/AF145	–	 A/AF185	
A/AF210	–	 A/AF300	
A/AF210	–	 A/AF300	
AF400	–	 AF460	
AF400	–	 AF750	

Catalog	
number	

List
price

BEA185D/S3/S4	
BEA210D/S4	
BEA300D/S5	
BEA400D/S5	
BEA750D/S6	

$ 70
80
85
105
125

To be used when power take off is needed (IP00) or with other bus bars. (EX:  Reversing, IP20)

Horizontal connection busbars between contactor and MCCB – three bars

BEA185H/S4

	
	

MCCB	
	

	
For contactor
	

Catalog	
number	

List
price

	
	
	

S3, S4	
S4	
S5	

A/AF145	–	 A/AF185	
A/AF210	–	 A/AF300	
A/AF210	–	 A/AF300	

BEA185H/S4	
BEA210H/S4	
BEA300H/S5	

$ 150
220
220

	
	
	

S5	
S6	
S6	

AF400	–	 AF460	
AF400	–	 AF460	
AF580	–	 AF750	

BEA400H/S5	
BEA460H/S6	
BEA750H/S6	

435
660
670

Shorting bars, 2 pole
LP185

	
	

For contactor
	

	

Catalog	
number	

List
price

	
	

A/AF145 – A/AF185	
A/AF210 – A/AF300	

LP185	
LP300	

$ 35
50

	
	

AF400 – AF460	
AF580 – AF750	

LP460	
LP750	

50
50

Shorting bars, 3 pole
	
	
LY...

	

For contactor
	

Catalog	
number	

LF75	

List
price

$ 40

	

A/AE45 – A/AE/AF75	

	
	
	

A/AE/AF95 – A/AE/AF110	
A/AE/AF145 – A/AE/AF185	
A/AE/AF210 – A/AE/AF300	

LY110	
LY185	
LYA300	

40
40
60

	
	

AF400 – AF460	
AF580 – AF750	

LY460	
LY750	

60
60

1	 Not for use with flange handles.

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

Discount schedule ABA [OF]

1.23
1SXU000023C0202

1

e
lin
e
h
s
s t ctor
s
o
1 cr nta
A co

Accessories
for A/AE/AL/AF contactors
Coils & coil voltage codes
Coils – AC operated

ZA16-81

	
	

For contactors
	

	

Catalog 	
number	

List
price

	
	
	
	
	
	

A9	 –	 A16	
A26	 –	 A40	
A45	 –	 A75	
A95	 –	 A110	
A145	 –	 A185	
A210	 –	 A300	

ZA16-∆	
ZA40-∆	
ZA75-∆	
ZA110-∆	
ZA185-∆	
ZA300-∆	

AE9 	–	 AE16	
AE26	 –	 AE40	
AE45	 –	 AE75	
AE95	 –	 AE110	

ZAE16-∆	
ZAE40-∆	
ZAE75-∆	
ZAE110-∆	

24
30
57
90

CCL18-01	

45

ZAF75-∆	
ZAF110-∆	
ZAF185-∆	
ZAF300-∆	
ZAF460-∆	
ZAF750-∆	
ZAF1650-∆	

120
165
200
240
450
525
920

$ 24
30
57
60
150
180

Coils – DC operated
	
	
	
	

Auxiliary including an insertion contact and a varistor for DC operated contactors

	

AE95	 –	 AE110	

Coils – AC/DC operated (coil and printed circuit board except ZAF1650)
ZAF1650

	
	
	
	
	
	
	

AF45	 –	 AF75	
AF95, AF110	
AF145 – AF185	
AF210 – AF300	
AF400, AF460	
AF580, AF750, AF1250	
AF1350, AF2050 (Set of 2 coils only)	

Printed circuit board – AC/DC operated
	

AF1350	 –	 AF2050	

ZP1650	

1,620

∆ – Coil voltage suffix. Refer to Coil Voltage Selection charts below and substitute the desired coil voltage code for the ∆.	
ZP1650

Coil voltage selection – DC operated for AE contactors

Coil voltage selection – AC operated
for A9 – A300; UA26 – UA110
			
	
VAC (50Hz)	
VAC (60Hz)	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

24	
26	
28	
42	
48	
60	
100	
110	
110 – 115	
120	
125 – 127	
175	
190	
200	
220 – 230	
230 – 240	
230 – 240	
230/400	
–	
380 – 400	
400 – 415	
–	
440	
500	
550	
660 – 690	

24	
28	
32	
42	
48	
60	
100 – 110	
110 – 120	
115 – 127	
140	
150	
208	
220	
200 – 220	
230 – 240	
240 – 260	
277	
–	
230/400	
400 – 415	
415 – 440	
480	
500	
600	
–	
–	

Voltage
Code

81
16
17
82
83
73
74	2
84
89	3
29
30
34
36
75	2
80
88
42
62	1
63	1
85
86
51
53
55
56
58

		
	
VDC	
		

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

12	
24	
42	
48	
50	
60	
75	
110	
125	
220	
240	
250	

Voltage code
AE
contactors

80
81
82
83
21
84
85
86
87
88
89
38

Coil voltage selection – AC/DC operated for AF50 – AF2050
	
	

	
	
	
	
	

VAC & VDC	
40-60 Hz	

24	–	60 VDC	
20	–	60 VDC	
48	–	130 VAC/VDC	
100	–	250 VAC/VDC	
250	–	500 VAC/DC	

Suffix
Code

68	 4
72	 5
69
70	 7
71	 6

1	 Only for A9 – A16.
2	 Not for A145 – A300
3	 A145 – A300 at 60 Hz, 115V only
4	 AF400 – AF1250, DC only
5	 AF45 – AF300
6	 AF400 - AF750 only
7	 Only option for AF2050 - AF1650

1.24	
1SXU000023C0202	

Discount schedule ABA [OF]

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

Accessories
for EK contactors
Coils & coil voltage codes
Coils – AC & DC operated

	

AC Coils	

	
	

Contactor	
size	

	
	
	

EK110, EK150	
EK175, EK210	
EK370, EK550	

Catalog	
number	

DC Coils
List	
price	

KH210-∆	
KH300-∆	
KH800-∆	

$ 200	
240	
580	

Catalog	
number	

List
price

$ 200
240
580

KH210-∆	
KH300-∆	
KH800-∆	

∆ – Coil voltage suffix. Refer to the Coil Voltage Selection chart and substitute the desired coil voltage suffix for the ∆. AC and DC operated contactors DO NOT have the
same magnet structure. Therefore, DC coils will not fit on an AC magnet structure and vice versa.

Coil voltage selection – AC operated
for EK110 – EK550
	
	
VAC (50Hz)	
VAC (60Hz)
			

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

–	
24	
–	
110	
–	
–	
220 – 230	
–	
380 – 400	
400 – 415	
–	
500	
–	

24	
–	
48	
120	
208	
240	
–	
380	
440	
–	
480	
–	
600	

Coil voltage selection – DC operated
for EK110 – EK550
Voltage
Code

	
	

VDC
	

	

Voltage
Code

F
N
G
1
B
2
J
Z
3
M
4
5
6

	
	
	
	
	
	

24	
48	
110	
125	
220	
440	

Y
W
P
Q
R
T

Consult factory if other voltages are required.
	

Consult factory if other voltages are required.
	

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

Discount schedule AB

1.25
1SXU000023C0202

1

		

e
lin
e
h
s
s t ctor
s
o
1 cr nta
A co

Accessories
Surge suppressors for A/AE/AL/EK contactors
Surge suppression device

RV 5/50

RC 5-1/150

	
	

Mounting	
on	

	
	
	
	
	

	
	
AE9 to AE110	
AL9 to AL40	
	

	
	
	
	

	
A9 to A110; AE9 to AE110	
AL9 to AL40	
	

	
	
	
	

Voltage	
range	

Catalog 	
number	

12	 –	 32 VDC	
25	 –	 65 VDC	
50	 –	 90 VDC	
77	 –	 150 VDC	
150	 –	 264 VDC	

RT5/32	
RT5/65	
RT5/90
RT5/150	
RT5/264

24	 –	 50 VAC/VDC	
50	 –	 133 VAC/VDC	
110	 –	 250 VAC/VDC	
250	 –	 440 VAC/VDC	

RV5/50
RV5/133
RV5/250
RV5/440	

	
A9 to A40	
	
	

24	 –	 50 VAC	
50	 –	 133 VAC	
110	 –	 250 VAC	
250	 –	 440 VAC	

RC5-1/50
RC5-1/133
RC5-1/250
RC5-1/440

	
	
	
	

	
A45 to A300	
	
	

24	 – 	50 VAC	
50	 –	 133 VAC	
110	 –	 250 VAC	
250	 –	 440 VAC	

RC5-2/50
RC5-2/133
RC5-2/250
RC5-2/440

	
	

EK110 to EK210	
	

24	 –	 48 VAC	
110	 –	 415 VAC	

RC-EH250/48
RC-EH250/415

	

EK370 to EK550	

48	 –	 110VAC	

RC-EH800/110	

	

EK110 to EK550	

24	 –	 125VDC	

RC-EH800/110

	

EK370 to EK550	

220	 –	 600VAC	

RC-EH800/600

List
price

$ 30

52

Technical data
Type	
	

	
	

RT 5 /... transil diode	
	
	
	
	
	

	

Varistor 	
	
	
	
	

32	
65	
90	
150	
264	
RV 5/...	
50	
133	
250	
440	

Control	
circuit	

Opening time	
growth factor	

Residual overvoltage	
or clipping voltage	

Remarks
	

	 	

	
DC	
DC	
DC	
DC	
DC	

	
	
	
2.5 to 3	
	
	

	
  50 V	
100 V	
150 V	
210 V	
390 V	

Advantages	
	
	
Drawback	
	

•	
•	
•	
•	
	

	
AC/DC	
AC/DC	
AC/DC	
AC/DC	

	
	
1.1 to 1.5	
	
	

	
132 V	
270 V	
480 V	
825 V	

Advantages	
	

•	 High energy absorption; good damping
•	 Unpolarized system

Drawback	
	

•	 Clipping as from Uvdr, thus voltage front up to
	 this point

Good energy absorption
Unpolarized system
Simple, reliable system
A certain delay on drop out which does not
however reduce contactor breaking capacity.

RC 5-1/... or RC 5-2/...	
see table	 AC	
	
	
Advantages 	
•	
above		
RC-EH 300/...	
1.2 to 3	
2 to 3 x Uc	
	
•	
							
	
	
	
	
	
	
•	

Very fast clipping
Attenuation of steep fronts and thus of
high frequencies
No operating delays

Varistor + RC	
RC-EH ...	
	
	
	
Advantages	
•	
	
800/110	 AC/DC	
  205 V	
	
•	
1.1 to 1.5	
	
800/600	 AC	
	
1100 V	
	
•	
							
			
				

High energy absorption: good damping
Unpolarized system	
The RC system damps the voltage
front under the  Uvdr* threshold.

*Uvdr = Varistor operating voltage (voltage dependent resistor), tolerance ± 10%

1.26	
1SXU000023C0202	

Discount schedule ABA [OF]

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

Accessories
Surge suppressors for A/AE/AL/EK contactors
General information
General
U (V)

The operation of inductive circuits causes overvoltages, in particular on opening of the contactor coil.

1000

T (µs)
0

100

1000

0

100

The electromagnetic energy stored by the coil during contactor closing is restored on opening in the form of surges, the
slope and amplitude of which may rise to several kilovolts. A number of drawbacks are observed ranging from interference
on the electronic devices to breakdown of insulators and even destruction of certain sensitive components.
The graph opposite reproduces the oscillogram showing voltage discharges at the terminals of a 42V/50Hz coil without
peak clipping. The coil was switched by 8 series-connected poles of a contactor relay.
Following a burst of discharges with a very steep slope a damped oscillation emerges with a peak value of 3500V.

Overvoltage factor
The overvoltage factor k is defined as the ratio of the maximum overvoltage peak value Ûs   to the peak value Ûc of the coil
rated control voltage Uc:
	
	
Ûs max.	
	
	
Ûs max.	
	
	
Ûs max.
k = _______
	
in DC:	
k = _______
	
or in AC:	
k = _______
Ûc			
Uc			
Uc√2	
	
	
    3500
For example the following is obtained for the above graph:   k  = _____ ≈ 60
42 √2
	

Surge suppressors
To guard against the harmful effects of these overvoltages, ABB has developed a range of surge suppressors designed to
reduce the k factor defined above and to limit or even completely eliminate the high pre-damping voltage frequencies.
Each case is different, but the technical data tolerances and the generous sizing of parts have enabled us to reduce the
number of variants.
We have chosen the following solutions: transil diodes, varistors and RC blocks.
Note: A varistor is a resistor  whose value increases to a very large extent when a certain voltage is applied at its
terminals.

Wiring diagrams
Transil diode

RC type

Varistor (only)

Varistor + RC

A1

A1

A1

A2

A2

A2

A2

U

A1

General technical data
The housings and impregnation resins of the surge suppressors are made of flame-resistant materials in accordance with
the UL 94 standard.
These systems are not polarized, i.e. d.c. operated devices do not have to be connected in a specific direction.
•	 Operating temperature: -20 to +70 °C
•	 Connection to the coil terminals (parallel mounting)
	 –	 For RT 5, RV 5, RC 5-1 and RC 5-2: clip-on for both fixing and connection.
•	 Mounting:
	 –	 RT 5, RV 5 and RC 5: clipped onto the top part of the contactor base. This mounting method prevents any 	
	 projections and change in contactor dimensions.

	

	 –	 RC-EH: glued to the top part of the contactor base.

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.27
1SXU000023C0202

1

e
lin
e
h
s
s t ctor
s
o
1 cr nta
A co

Accessories
Interface relays for A contactors
Interface relays
	
	

Mounting on	
contactor types	

Control	
voltage Uc	

	

N, A9 – A110	

24 VDC	

Coil	
voltages	

Catalog	
number	

24 – 250V, 50, 60 Hz	

List
price

$ 75

RA5-1	

NOTE: The interface relays provided for the A contactors can also b e used for UA, UA..., RA and GA types.

Application

	

RA 5-1 interface relay for the A 9 – A 110

RA 5-1 interface relays are designed to receive 24 VDC signals delivered
by PLC's or other sources with a low output power and restore them
with sufficient power to operate the coils of the relevant A9 - A110
contactors or the N control relays.

	

contactors and N control relays

• IEC only

Description
A30-30-10 + RA 5

RA5 interface relays are made up of a miniature electromechanical relay
equipped with a N.O. contact and with a low consumption 24 VDC coil.

A0

PLC
Output

Uc
250 VAC

–

A2

E2 –

24 VDC

+
E1 +

RA 5

The interface relay coil is controlled by the PLC while the N.O. contact
ensures switching of the power contactor.
Coil switching gives rise to overvoltages which have adverse effects on
the electronic devices, insulators and, more generally, on component
lifetime. The RA 5-1 is equipped with surge suppressors:

RA 5

	

• on the 24 VDC relay coil via a diode

	

• on the power contactor coil via a varistor.

A1
KM1
A2

Furthermore, the RA 5-1 are protected against relay pole reversal by a
diode inserted between the E1 and E2 input terminals.

Connection
The  “E1+” and “E2­–” input terminals must be connected, according to
their polarity, to the PLC output.
The RA 5 is equipped with two terminal pads for connection to the A1
and A2 terminals of the contactor coil. This coil is supplied between the
A0 and A2 terminals of the RA 5.

Mounting
• RA5: terminal pads clamped inside the contactor coil terminals.

1.28	
1SXU000023C0202	

Discount schedule ABA [OF]

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Accessories
Interface relay technical data

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

General technical data
Compliance with standards

IEC 60255-5

Rated insulation voltage Ui
according to IEC 60947-4-1

V a.c.

Permissible ambient temperature:
– for free air operation:
– at Uc = 24 V d.c. (between E1 and E2)
– from 0.85 to 1.1 Uc
– for storage

250

°C
°C
°C

-25 ... +70
-25 ... +55
-40 ... +70

m

≤ 3000

Climatic withstand

Complies with that of associated contactors

Operating altitude
Mounting position

No limitation

Fixing

Using the contactor A1 and A2 terminal connecting parts

Connecting terminals (delivered in open position)

M3.5 (+,-) pozidriv 2 screws with cable clamp

Connecting capacity (min. ... max.)
– rigid solid
– flexible with cable end

1 ... 4
0.75 ... 2.5

2 x mm2
2 x mm2

Tightening torque
– recommended
– max.

Nm
Nm

Degree of protection
according to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1
and IEC 60529 / EN 60529

1.00
1.20
Protection against direct contact in acc. with EN 50274
RA5-1 wired and mounted on the associated contactor

Working data
Surge suppression:
– for contactor coil
– for interface relay coil

Varistor
Diode

Protection against polarity reversal
between terminals E1 and E2

Diode

Interface relay operating time

ms

Closing and drop-out ≤ 10

Total operating time,
interface relay + contactor:
– between energization and:
N.O. contact closing
N.C. contact opening

ms
ms

20 ... 37
17 ... 32

– between de-energization and:
N.O. contact opening
N.C. contact closing

ms
ms

17 ... 25
20 ... 28

V d.c.
V d.c.

24
19 ... 30

Electrical input data
Control voltage (E1and E2 terminals) Uc
– rated value
– max. range at ambient temperature 20 °C
Max. consumption
for Uc = 24 V d.c., θ = 20 °C
"0" status (relay open)

W

for Uc
or I c

V d.c.
mA

"1" status (relay closed) for Uc

V d.c.

Max. short supply interruption immunity time

ms

0.3
≤ 2.4
<1
≥ 19
2

Electrical output data
Switching voltage (A 0 and A2 terminals)
Electrical durability

V a.c.

million of operating cycles

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

≤ 250
2 (600 cycles/h) on A 9 ... A 75 contactors or N... contactor relay
0.5 (600 cycles/h) on A 95 and A 110 contactors

1.29
1SXU000023C0202

1

e
lin
e
h
s
s t ctor
s
o
1 cr nta
A co

Accessories
for A contactors
TE5S electronic timer for wye-delta starters
Electronic timer
		
	
For
		
	
contactors
			

	
	
	
	

	
A9 – AF750	
	
	

Rated control	
voltage Uc	
V	

Packing
	
piece
	

24 AC/DC	
110 – 120 AC	
220 – 240 AC	
380 – 440 AC	

1	
1	
1	
1	

	

Unit	
weight	
kg

Catalog	
number	

List
price

0.080	
0.080	
0.080	
0.080	

TE5S-24	
TE5S-120	
TE5S-240
TE5S-440

$ 120

Application
Utilization
When used in wye-delta starters, the TE5S lags the wye connection and provides a lapse of 50 ms before the switchover to
the delta connection.
TE5S-*

Description
According to the type of device chosen, the electronic circuit has a 24 VAC/VDC, 110 – 120 VAC or 220 – 230 VAC supply.
An output relay with reversing contact ensures high current switching.  A two-position switch allows selection of one of the
two time delay ranges: 0.8 to 8 s or 6 to 60 s. The 0.1 to 1.0 adjustable knob allows an initial setting without steps within the
previously selected range which can then be adjusted using a stopwatch.

U
15-16
R
15-18
t1

t2 = 50ms

Chart

Note: We recommend that you allow for temperature drift for the final adjustment of the time delay setting.  Drift: – 0.2% per
°C. For example, a setting made at 20 °C will yield a time delay shorter by 7% at 55 °C in an enclosure. ( – 0.2% per °C i.e. –
0.2 x 35 = – 7%).
The TE5S, which is not affected by these settings, establishes a fixed “lapse” of 50 ms between the opening of contact 15 –
16 and the closing of contact 15 – 18.  It is this time delay that prevents from arc short-circuit during wye to delta switching.

15

A1

Operation
t1

18

16

t1+t2

A2

TE 5S

Equivalent diagram

A1

On energization, the green U indicator light (voltage applied) comes on. Contact 15 – 16 then immediately moves to the
closed position.
Count-down of the programmed time immediately commences.
When the time delay has elapsed, contact 15 – 16 opens and at the same time the 50 ms lapse, t2, begins after which
contact 15 – 18 moves to the closed position. The yellow R indicator light comes on.
On de-energization, the U and R indicator lights go out and, after the 250 ms resetting time, the device is ready for a new
cycle.
Mounting

15

Mounts on 35mm DIN rail.
TE5S
U
0.5
0.1
1.0
0.8 ... 8s

t1

6 ... 60s

R
Star-Delta Timer

16

18

A2

Front face

1.30	
1SXU000023C0202	

Discount schedule ABA [OF]

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
Accessories
co ss
nt the
ac
for A contactors
to line 1
TE5S electronic timer for wye-delta starters, technical data rs

Technical Data
Types	

	

	

TE5S-24 	

Compliance with standards	

	

	

IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1

Rated insulation voltage Ui 		
according to IEC 60947-5-1	
	

V	

Rated operational voltage Ue 		
according to IEC 60947-5-1	
	

V d.c.	
V a.c.	

Conventional free air thermal current Ith	

	

A	

TE5S-120 	

TE5S-240	

TE5S-440

440
24			
24 ... 240	
	
	

–
440

10

Rated operational current Ie acc. to IEC 60947-5-1	 	
	 AC-15	
	 	
	 	

24-120 V a.c.	
220-240 V a.c.	
380-440 V a.c.	

A	
A	
A	

5	
4	
–	

	
	
	

	
	
	

–
–
3

	 DC-13	

24 V d.c.	

–

A	

4			

	

A	

10

Rated supply voltage Uc		
	 	
	

V d.c.	
V a.c. 	

Short-circuit protection - gG type fuses	

24 	
24 	

	 – Rated frequency limits	

	

Hz	

	 – Supply voltage range	

	

	

	 – Overvoltage protection	

	

	

	 – Load factor	

	

%	

100

– in d.c.	
– in a.c.	

W	
VA	

0.7	
1.5	

Time delay range (t1) selected by switch		

s	

	 – Average consumption	
	 	

–	
110 ... 120	

–	
220 ... 240	

–	
380 ... 440

–	
3.5	

–	
6.5	

–
12.5

48 ... 63
0.85 ... 1.1 Uc
Built-in varistor

0.8 ... 8 and 6 ... 60	

	 – Temperature drift	

	% per °C	

-0.2

	 – Mechanical setting accuracy	
	 –	 On-load reiteration accuracy
	 	 under constant conditions	

	

	

±15 % of the setting range

	

±2 % after 1 million operating cycles

	

Minimum time lapse (t2) 	
	
Min. time lapse after 1 million operating cycles	

ms	
ms	

50
40

Resetting time (maximum)	

ms	

250

	

Front panel display:	 – green indicator light	
	
Energization
	 	
– yellow indicator light                                        	

	

Permissible air temperature
– for operation	
– for storage	

	
	

°C	
°C	

Vibration withstand acc. to
IEC 60068-2-6, EN 60068-2-6	

	

	

3 g from 10 to 300 Hz in the 3 directions

Shock withstand acc. to	
IEC 60068-2-27, EN 60068-2-27	

	
	

	
	

20 g / 11 ms in directions A and C
15 g / 11 ms in direction B

Electrical durability 	

in millions of op. cycles	

Mechanical durability 	

in millions of op. cycles	

On-load maximum switching frequency	

	cycles/h	

-25 ... +60
-40 ... +85

1
5
720	

	

Fixing on mounting rail acc. to IEC/EN 60715	

	

35 x 7.5 or 35 x 15

Connecting terminals	

	

(+,-) pozidriv 1 screw  

Connecting capacity
– rigid solid	
– flexible with cable end	

	

1 or 2 x mm2	
1 or 2 x mm2	

Tightening torque	
Degree of protection 	
according to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1
and IEC 60529 / EN 60529

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

	

Nm	

Terminals	

Output relay activated

	

600

1 ... 2.5
0.75 ... 2.5
0.6 ... 0.8 max.
IP 20

1.31
1SXU000023C0202

e
lin
e
h
s
s t ctor
s
o
1 cr nta
A co
Positioning	

Accessories
Possible accessory combinations for A contactors
Accessories – Front face mounting	

Top

	
	

Auxiliary contacts		
1 – pole	
4 – pole	

	

	
	
	

Front
face

Left
side

CA5-10	
or CA5-01	
	
	

CA5-40	
or CA5-22	
or CA5-31	
	

Accessories – Side mounting

Pneumatic	
timers	

Auxiliary	
contacts	

TP – D	
or TP – I	
	
	

CAL 5-11	
CAL18-11	
CAL18-11B	
	

Electrical or
mechanical interlock1

VE5-1	
or VM 5-1	
	
	

VE 5-2	
VM300H
VM300/460H
VM750H

Configurations of accessories are different depending on whether front or side mounted.
N Contactor relays	
Accessories – Front mounting		 Accessories – Side mounting
A and AE Contactors	
Auxiliary contact blocks	
TP - A Pneumatic	
Auxiliary contact Blocks	
Interlock units
			
1-pole CA5-	
	 4-pole CA5-	
	 timer block	
	 2-pole CAL5-11,
									
CAL18-11		
Type	
Main	 Built-in					 	
	 		
	
poles	 auxiliary	
	
	 	
	                    					
		
contacts		
			
		
					

A9 – A26	
A9 – A26	
A9 – A26	
A9 – A26	
AE9 – AE26	

–	 3	
–	 3	
–	 4	
–	 2	
–	 3	

AL9 – AL26	
AL9 – AL26	

0	
0	
0	
2	
0	

–	 1	
–	 0	
–	 0	
–	 0	
–	 0	

0
1	 1	
0		
0	 1
0

1 to 4 CA5-	
1-pole blocks 	

OR 	1 CA5- 	
OR	 1 TP - A block 	
+	 1 to 2 	
OR	 1 VM/E 5-1 block
	 4-pole block					 CAL5-11 blocks		 + 1 CAL5-11 block

–	 3	 0	 –	 1	 0		
–	 3	 0	 –	 0	 1		

1 to 4 CA5-	
1-pole blocks	

1 CA5-	
OR	
	 4-pole block	

–	
OR	
	 	

	
	

	
OR	 1 CAL5-11 block
	 	
	

1 VM/E 5-1 block
OR	
	 + 1 CAL5-11 block

AL9 - AL16	
AL9 - AL16	
AL26	
AL26	

–	 4	
–	 2	
–	 4	
–	 2	

1 to 4 CA5-	
1-pole blocks	

	 1 CA5-	
OR
	 4-pole block	

–	
OR	
	 	

	
	

OR	 1 CAL5-11 block	
	 	
	

1 VM/E 5-1 block
OR	
	 + 1 CAL5-11 block

A9 – A16	
A9 – A26	

	1 VM/E 5-1 block
–	 3	 0	 –	 2	 2		
–	
	 –		 –		
OR
+	 1 to 2 	
–	 3	 0	 –	 3	 2									 CAL5-11 blocks		 + 1 CAL5-11 block

A30, A40	
A30, A40	
AE30, AE40	
AE30, AE40	

–	 3	
–	 3	
–	 3	
–	 3	

AE30, AE40	
AE30, AE40	

–	 3	 0	 –	 1	 0		
–	 3	 0	 –	 0	 1		

1 to 5 CA5-	
1-pole blocks	

A30, A40	
	

		
–	 3	 0	 –	 3	 2
	 	 	 	 	 	 	

1 CA5- 	
1-pole block	

A50 – A75	
A45 – A75	
A45, A75	
A95, A110	

–	 3	
–	 4	
–	 2	
–	 3	

1 to 6 CA5-		 1 CA5- 4-pole block 	 	 	
1-pole blocks 	
	 + 2 CA5- 1-pole blocks	 		
OR
OR
	
	 	
	 	
					

1 TP - A block
	 1 to 2 	
	 1 VE5-2 block
+ 2  CA5- 	
OR + 1 CAL5-11 block
1-pole blocks	 +	 CAL5-11 blocks		
–		 2 CAL18-11 blocks	 	 1 VE5-2 + CAL5-11

A50 – A75	
A95, A110	

–	 3	 0	 –	 2	 2		
–	 3	 0	 –	 2	 2		

2 CA5- 		 –		 –	
1-pole blocks	
	 	
	 	

	
	

AE50 – AE75	
AE45 – AE75	
AE45, AE75	
AE95, AE110	

–	 3	
–	 4	
–	 2	
–	 3	

0	
0	
2	
0	

–	 0	
–	 0	
–	 0	
–	 0	

0	 						
0		
1 to 6 CA5- 	
	 1 CA5- 4-pole block	
		
OR
1-pole blocks	
	 + 2 CA5- 1-pole blocks	OR
	 	
0	 2	
0							

1 TP - A block 	 	
	
+ 2 CA5- 	
1-pole blocks	 +	
–		

1 CAL5-11 block
1 CAL5-11 block	
	 1 VE5-2 block
OR
1 CAL5-11 block		
1 CAL18-11 block

A50 – A75	
AE50, AE75	
A95, A110	
AE95, AE110	

–	 3	
–	 3	
–	 3	
–	 3	

0	
0	
0	
0	

–	 1	
–	 1	
–	 1	
–	 1	

1				 1 CA5- 4-pole block	
	 	
1		
1 to 6 CA5- 	
	 + 2 CA5- 1-pole blocks 	 	
OR
OR
1	 	
1-pole blocks	
	 			
1			
				

1 TP - A block	 	
+ 2 CA5-	
	
1-pole blocks	 +	
–		

1 CAL5-11 block	
1 VE5-2 block
–				 –
1 CAL18-11 block 	 OR	 1 VE5-2 block
–			 –

0	
2	
0	
2	

0	
0	
0	
0	

0	
0	
2	
0	

–	 0	
–	 0	
–	 0	
–	 0	

–	 1	
–	 0	
–	 1	
–	 0	

–	 0	
–	 0	
–	 0	
–	 0	

0
0		
0		
0

0		
1		
0
1		

0		
0		
0	 2	
0		

1 to 5 CA5- 	
1-pole blocks	

	1 CA5- 4-pole block	
	 1 TP - A block 	
OR
OR
+	 1 to 2 	
	 + 1 CA5- 1-pole block	 	 + 1 CA5- 1-pole block		 CAL5-11 blocks	

		

				

	 			

	 1 CA5- 4-pole block	
	 –		
	 1		
OR
OR
OR
		 CAL5-11 block	
	 + 1 CA5- 1-pole block	 	 	
	 –		 –	
	 	
	 	

	
	

OR	 1 VM/E 5-1 block
	 + 1 CAL5-11 block

	 1 VM/E 5-1 block
OR
	 + 1 CAL5-11 block

to 2 	
OR	 1 VM/E 5-1 block
+	 	 1CAL5-11
blocks		 + 1 CAL5-11 block

	 1 to 2 	
	 1 VE5-2 block
OR + 1 CAL5-11 block
CAL5-11 blocks		

+	

															
A145 – AF2050	 –	 3	 0	 –	 0	 0	 	
–		 –		 –			
	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
	
	 	
	 	
	
	
															

­1 to 2		 1 CAL18-11 block
CAL18-11 blocks	
	 + 1 CAL18-11B block
OR
+ 1 to 2	
	 + VM300H or VM300/460H
CAL18-11B blocks	 	 or VM750H interlock

Contactor mounting configurations (standard from factory)
Auxiliary contacts are mounted on the contactor in the following order:
	
	
	

Left	 –	 1st
Right	 –	 2nd
Top	 –	 3rd (L to R)

1	 In mounting position 5 (see page 1.36), there should be no more than 2 "N.C." front-mounted auxiliary contacts  – The CAL 5-11 side-mounted blocks offer additional "N.C." contacts.
2	 Whatever the mounting position (see page 1.36), there should be no more than 2 "N.C." front-mounted auxiliary contacts – The CAL 5-11 side-mounted blocks offer additional "N.C." contacts.

1.32	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

Accessories
Terminal markings
CA/CC/CAL/CCL auxiliary contacts
One pole auxiliary contacts (top mounted)
-3

-1

NO

-4

-2

-4

-2

CA5-01

-3

-1

NC

NO

NC

CA5-10

CE5-10

CE5-01

Legend
L.H.S. = Left hand side mounted
R.H.S. = Right hand side mounted
EM/LB = Early make / Late break

-7

-5

NO

NC

-8

-6

CC5-10
(EM/LB)

CC5-01
(EM/LB)

Two pole auxiliary contacts

13X

44X

21X

31X

43X

17X /

35X /

48X

36X /

35X

47X

13
NO

84X /

CCL5-11 (R. h. s. mounted)
(EM/LB)

21

31

NC

NC

14

48X /

25X

26X /

72X /

CAL5-11B (R. h. s. mounted)

NO

NC

CCL5-11 (L. h. s. mounted)
(EM/LB)

NO

17X

36X

18X /

47X /

26X

NC

62X /

CAL5-11B (L. h. s. mounted)

83X /

NC

18X

25X /

NO

83X

32X

CAL5-11 (R. h. s. mounted)

71X

54X /

CAL5-11 (L. h. s. mounted)

71X /

NC

61X

22X

44X /

61X /

NO

NO

53X

14X

32X /

53X /

84X

22X /

43X /

NC

72X

14X /

31X /

NC

62X

21X /

NO

54X

13X /

22

32

CAL16-11 A (L. h. s. mounted)

53

61

71

83

35

47

NO

NC

NC

NO

NC

NO

54

62

72

84

36

48

43
NO
44

CAL16-11 B (R. h. s. mounted)

CAL16-11 C (L. h. s. mounted)

CAL16-11 D (R. h. s. mounted)

CAL16-11E
(L & R. h. s. mounted)
(EM/LB)

Four pole auxiliary contacts (Top mounted)
11

21

31

41

21

31

41

51

51

61

71

81

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

12

22

32

42

22

32

42

52

52

62

72

82

CA5-04 E

13
NO
14

21

31

NC

NC

22

32

43
NO
44

13

14

21
NC

33
NO

22

34

43
NO
44

13

14

23
NO

24

31

NC

NC

22

32

43
NO

53
NO
54

44

21
NC
22

33
NO

43
NO

34

33
NO

34

53
NO

44

54

13

14

54

51
NC
52

53

43
NO

61

71

NC

NC

62

72

83
NO
84

63
NO

73
NO

64

83
NO

74

84

CA5-31 N

—

44

NO
54

63
NO

73
NO

64

74

83
NO
84

CA5-40 N

CA5-40 E

NO

53
NO

CA5-22 N

CA5-31 M

CA5-31 E

NO

21

CA5-22 M

CA5-22 E

NO

CA5-04 N

CA5-04 M

21

35

NC

NC

22

36

CA5-11/11 E
(EM/LB)

47
NO
48

21
NC
22

33
NO
34

45
NC

57
NO

46

58

CA5-11/11 M
(EM/LB)

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.33
1SXU000023C0202

1

e
lin
e
h
s
s t ctor
s
o
1 cr nta
A co

Accessories
Terminal markings & positioning
for A/UA contactors

Standard devices without addition of auxiliary contacts
A2

A1

A2

A1

A1

1L1 3L2 5L3 21

1L1 3L2 5L3 13

NC

NO

NC

NO

2T1 4T2 6T3 22

2T1 4T2 6T3 14

A2

R3

R4

2

3L2

4T2

2T1

8

R6

5L3

1L1

3L2

5L3

A2

2T1

4T2

6T3

21
NC

4T2 6T3

NC
22

A9 – A40-30-01

A50 – A110-30-00
UA50 – UA110-30-00

A1

1L1

3L2

5L3

A2

2T1

4T2

6T3

13
NO

NO
14

A9 – A40-30-10

A1

1L1 3L2

5L3

A2

2T1 4T2

6T3

A50 – A110-30-00
UA50 – UA110-30-00

7L4

5L3

A1

1

R3

R5

7

A2

2

R4

R6

8

8T4

6T3

A2

A2

A1

1L1

3L2

5L3

7L4

A2

2T1

4T2

6T3

8T4

A9 – A26-40-00
A45 – A75-40-00

A9 – A26-22-00
A45 – A75-22-00

A9 ... A26-40-00
A45 ... A75-40-00

A9 – A26-22-00
A45 – A75-22-00

A1

A2

A1

1L1

7

R5

A2

A2

A9 – A40-30-10

A2

A1

2T1

A2

A9 – A40-30-01

1

3L2

1L1

Standard 3 pole devices with factory mounted auxiliary contacts
A2

A1

A1

1L1 3L2 5L3
13

21

NO NC
14

22

31

3L2

1L1
43

13X

43X

21X

31X

22X

32X

32

44

1L1

3L2

5L3

13
NO

21
NC

31
NC

43
NO

6T3

A2

2T1

4T2 6T3

NO
14

NC
22

NC
32

NO
44

A2

A9 – A16-30-22
A50 – A110-30-22

44X

14X

4T2

2T1
A2

A9 – A16-30-22

Combination
22
2
A1

A2

A1

1L1 3L2 5L3 13
31

A1

NC NO

2T1 4T2 6T3

21

A2

5L3

43

3L2

1L1

NO
53

A2

5L3

NO 13X
NC 21X

NC NC

NO NO

A1

NC 22X

22

32

44

54
NO

1L1

3L2

5L3

13
NO

21
NC

31
NC

43
NO

53
NO

NO
14

NC
22

NC
32

NO
44

NO
54

NO 14X

4T2

2T1

2T1 4T2 6T3 14

6T3

A2

A2

A2

A50 ... A110-30-11
UA50 ... UA110-30-11

A9 – A40-30-32

2T1

4T2 6T3

A9 – A40-30-32

A2

A1

A1

NO

NO

21
NC
22

A1

A2

1L1 3L2 5L3 13

+

2NO

NO

2T1 4T2 6T3 14

2T1 4T2 6T3 14

A2

=

1L1 3L2 5L3 13

NO

NO

21 33
NC NO
22 34

-1
NC
-2

=

6-

13

3L2
21

NO NC

6-

14

2T1

22

31

43

44

1L1

3L2

2T1 4T2 6T3 14

2T1 4T2 6T3 14

A2

43X NO

NC 21X

4T2 6T3
A2

+

A50 – A110-30-22 =

1.34	
1SXU000023C0202	

31X NC

NC 22X

32X NC

NO 14X

44X NO

2T1

4T2

-3
NO
-4

+

A2

=

Combination
21

A9 – A40-30-10 + CA5-01 + CA5-10

A2

3L2

-1
NC
-2

+

A2

A1

7L4

5L3

1L1

3L2

2T1 4T2

6T3

NO
14X

NC
22X

A1

1L1

3L2

5L3

13
NO

21
NC

A2

2T1

4T2

6T3

NO
14

NC
22

6- 13 2- 3- 4- 5NO
6- 14 2- 3- 4- 5-

2T1

4T2

6T3

A2

+ CAL5-11

Combination
10

6- 1- 2- 3- 4- 56- 1- 2- 3- 4- 5-

8T4

2T1

A2

6T3

A50 – A75-30-11

=

4T2

6T3

A1

1L1

3L2

5L3

13
NO

21
NC

33
NO

A2

2T1

4T2

6T3

NO
14

NC
22

NO
34

Combination 21
A1

1L1

3L2

A2

2T1

NO NC NC
4T2 6T3 14X 22X 32X

5L3

13X 21X 31X 43X
NO NC NC NO

7L4

5L3

5L3

=
5-

3NO

1L1

NO 13X

5-

NC NO

32

A1

5L3

3-

2-

A2

A9 – A40-30-10 + CA5-01

A2

A1

2-

NO

A1

1L1

A2

13X 21X
NO NC

A2

A1

1L1 3L2 5L3 13

A2

Combination
11

5L3

Combination 11

2-

=

A2

1L1 3L2

A50 – A110-30-11
UA50 – UA110-30-11

Other possible contact combinations with auxiliary contacts added by the user
1L1 3L2 5L3 13

A1

+

-3
NO
-4

NO
44X

Combination 22
A1

1L1

3L2

5L3

7L4

13
NO

A2

2T1

4T2

6T3

8T4

NO
14

8T4
A2

=

A45 – A75-40-00

+ CA5-10

Combination 10

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

Accessories
Terminal marking and positioning
for AE/AL contactors
AE Contactors – D.C. operated
1L1

3L2

3L2

1L1

5L3

A2

A1

A2

A1

A2

A1

3L2

1L1

5L3

NC 22X

6T3

2T1 4T2

A2

1L1 3L2

A1

2T1

2T1

4T2 6T3

A3

A3

A3

AE50 – AE75-30-00

2T1 4T2

A2

AE95 – AE110-30-00

AE50 – AE75-30-11

3L2

1L1

A2

A1

A2

R3

1

5L3

1L1

3L2

4T2

6T3

R4

2

8

R6

A3

2T1

4T2

A3

AE45 – AE75-22-00

R6

R4

2

{

A1
A2

A3

15 X

8

A1

1L1

3L2

5L3

7L4

A2

2T1

4T2

6T3

8T4

8T4

6T3

A3

AE95 – AE110-30-11

VDC

16 X

AE45 – AE75-22-00

C
D
L
5

NO 14X

2T1

6 T3

Coil wiring

7

R5

R3

1

A2

NC 22X

4 T2

5 L3

U

C
D
L
5

C
C
L
5

NC
22X

7L4

5L3

NO 13X
NC 21X

36 X

2 T1

3 L2

A2

A1

7

R5

NO
14X

6T3

1 L1

AE50 – AE110-30-11

A1
A1

A3
U

13X 21X
NO NC

5L3

4T2 6T3

2T1

6T3

A1
A2

35 X

NO 14X

4T2

{

AE50 – AE110-30-00

C
C
L
5

C
D
L
5

NC 21X

VDC

5L3

NO 13X

C
D
L
5

5L3

1L1 3L2

A1

AE45 – AE75-40-00

1 L1

2 T1

7 L4

8 T4

Coil wiring

AE45 – AE75-40-00

AL Contactors – D.C. operated
Standard devices without addition of auxiliary contacts
A1

A1

1L1 3L2 5L3 21

1L1 3L2 5L3 13

NC

NO

NC

NO

2T1 4T2 6T3 22

2T1 4T2 6T3 14
A2

A2

AL9 – AL40-30-01

1

A1

R3

R5

A1

1L1

3L2

5L3

A2

2T1

4T2

6T3

AL9 – AL40-30-10

R4

R6

NC
22

A1

1L1

3L2

5L3

A2

2T1

4T2

6T3

13
NO

NO
14

AL9 – AL40-30-10

AL9 – AL40-30-01

A1

7

1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4

A1

2

21
NC

8

1

R3

R5

7

A1

2

R4

R6

8

A2

1L1

3L2

5L3

7L4

2T1

4T2

6T3

8T4

2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4

A2

A2

AL9 – AL26-22-00

A2

AL9 – AL26-40-00

AL9 – AL26-40-00

AL9 – AL26-22-00

Other possible contact combinations with auxiliary contacts added by the user
A1

A1

1L1 3L2 5L3 13

1L1 3L2 5L3 13

NO
21 33
NC NO
22 34

NO

=

2-

3-

4-

5-

2-

3-

4-

5-

NO

NO

2T1 4T2 6T3 14

2T1 4T2 6T3 14

A2

Combination
21

+

-1
NC
-2

+

-3
NO
-4

A2

=

AL9 – AL40-30-10

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

+ CA5-01

+

CA5-10

A1

1L1

3L2

5L3

13
NO

21
NC

33
NO

A2

2T1

4T2

6T3

NO
14

NC
22

NO
34

Combination 21

1.35
1SXU000023C0202

1

UL & CSA Technical data
A/AE9 – A/AE/AF110, AL9 – AL40
AC & DC operated

ABB contactor frame size		
		

A/AE/AL	 A/AE/AL	
9	
12	

A/AE/AL	
16	

A/AE/AL	
26	

A/AE/AL	 A/AE/AL	
30	
40	

A/AE/AF	
45	

A/AE/AF	 A/AE/AF	
50	
63	

A/AE/AF	
75	

A/AE/AF	
95	

A/AE/AF	
110

NEMA size	

	

00	

—	

0	

1	

1P	

—	

—	

2	

—	

3	

—	

—

Number of poles	

	

3 OR 4	

3	

3 OR 4	

3 OR 4	

3	

3	

4	

3 OR 4	

3	

3 OR 4	

3	

3

AC rating information	
NEMA cont. amp rating	
NEMA maximum H.P. ratings 	
  115	
  230	
NEMA maximum H.P. ratings 	
  200	
  230	
460/575	

												
thermal current	
9	
—	
18	
27	
36	
—	
—	
45	
—	
90	
—	
1 phase	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
VAC	
1/3	
—	
1	
2	
3	
—	
—	
3	
—	
—	
—	
VAC	
1	
—	
2	
3	
5	
—	
—	
7.5	
—	
—	
—	
3 phase	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
VAC	
1.5	
—	
3	
7.5	
—	
—	
—	
10	
—	
25	
—	
VAC	
1.5	
—	
3	
7.5	
—	
—	
—	
15	
—	
30	
—	
VAC	
2	
—	
5	
10	
—	
—	
—	
25	
—	
50	
—	

U.L. general purpose current 	
Max. 3 Ph Switching motor loads 	
U.L. maximum H.P. ratings 	
  115	
  230	
U.L. maximum H.P. ratings 	
  200-208	
  220-240	
  440-480	
  550-600	
U.L. maximum H.P. ratings	
  120	
  240	
Lighting — ballast and incandescent	
Resistive heating applications	

—
—
—
—
—
—

40°C	
A	
1 phase	
VAC	
VAC	
3 phase	
VAC	
VAC	
VAC	
VAC	

21	
9	
	
1/2	
2	
	
2	
2	
5	
7.5	

25	
11	
	
3/4	
2	
	
3	
3	
7.5	
10	

30	
17	
	
2HP, 24A	
3	
	
5	
5	
10	
15	

40	
28	
	
2	
5	
	
7.5	
10	
20	
25	

50	
34	
	
3	
7.5	
	
10	
10	
25	
30	

60	
42	
	
3	
7.5	
	
10	
15	
30	
40	

65	
—	
	
—	
—	
	
—	
—	
—	
—	

80	
54	
	
3	
7.5	
	
15	
20	
40	
50	

90	
65	
	
5	
10	
	
20	
25	
50	
60	

105	
80	
	
7.5	
15	
	
25	
30	
60	
75	

125	
95	

140
110

7.5	
20	

10
25

30	
30	
60	
75	

30
40
75
100

VDC	
VDC	
600VAC	
600VAC	

1	
2	
15	
15	

1.5	
3	
15	
15	

2	
3	
    20 1	
20	

3	
5	
35	
35	

3	
7.5	
50	
50	

5	
10	
60	
60	

—	
—	
65	
65	

7.5	
15	
65	
65	

10	
20	
85	
85	

10	
25	
105	
105	

—	
—	
120	
—	

—
—
—
—

CSA Elevator ratings												
  220 – 240VAC	
3 phase	
—	
—	
5	
—	
—	
10	
—	
15	
—	
20	
  440 – 480VAC	
3 phase	
—	
—	
10	
—	
—	
20	
—	
30	
—	
30	
  550 – 600VAC	
3 phase	
—	
—	
10	
—	
—	
20	
—	
30	
—	
40	
          230VAC	
1 phase	
—	
—	
2	
—	
—	
5	
—	
7.5	
—	
10	

20	
40	
50	
10	

—
—
—
—

Auxiliary contacts												
  NEMA rating	
AC	
A600	
A600	
A600	
A600	
A600	
A600	
—	
A600	
A600	
A600	
  AC rated voltage	
VAC	
600	
600	
600	
600	
600	
600	
—	
600	
600	
600	
  AC thermal rated current	
A	
10	
10	
10	
10	
10	
10	
—	
10	
10	
10	
  AC maximum volt-ampere making	
VA	
7200	
7200	
7200	
7200	
7200	
7200	
—	
7200	
7200	
7200	
  AC maximum volt-ampere breaking	
VA	
720	
720	
720	
720	
720	
720	
—	
720	
720	
720	
  NEMA rating	
DC	
P600	
P600	
P600	
P600	
P600	
P600	
—	
P600	
P600	
P600	
  DC rated voltage	
VDC	
600	
600	
600	
600	
600	
600	
—	
600	
600	
600	
  DC thermal rated current	
A	
5	
5	
5	
5	
5	
5	
—	
5	
5	
5	
  DC Maximum make-break	
A	
0.2	
0.2	
0.2	
0.2	
0.2	
0.2	
—	
0.2	
0.2	
0.2	

A600	
600	
10	
7200	
720	
P600	
600	
5	
0.2	

A600
600
10
7200
720
P600
600
5
0.2

Approximate weight												
  Contactor	
lbs.	
0.7	
0.7	
0.7	
1.01	
1.2	
2.25	
2.25	
2.25	
2.25	
2.25	
  Starter	
lbs.	
1.04	
1.04	
1.04	
1.35	
1.54	
3	
—	
3	
3	
3	

3.5	
6	

5
7

6-2/0	
1	

6-2/0
1

Terminal wire range	
  Number of wires per phase	

AWG	
	

18-10	
2	

18-10	
2	

18-10	
2	

12-8	
2	

8-4	
2	

8-4	
2	

8-1	
1	

8-1	
1	

8-1	
1	

8-1	
1	

Maximum short circuit ratings												
  MCCB,MCP, Amps/kA	
480VAC	
50/35	
50/35	
50/35	
100/35	
150/65	
150/65	
—	
150/85	
250/85	
250/85	
250/85	
250/85
  MCCB,MCP, Amps/kA	
600VAC	
10/35	
10/35	
10/35	
100/35	
150/25	
150/25	
—	
—	
—	
—	
250/35	
250/35
  Fuse,Amps — type/kA	
600VAC	 30J/200	 30J/200	
30J/200	
60J/200	
60J/200	 100J/200	
—	
100J/200	 200J/200	 200J/200	 200J/200	 200J/200

Mounting positions
Pos. 2
ABB

30°

30°

ABB

ABB
ABB

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

Pos. 1 ± 30°

Pos. 4

Pos. 3

Pos. 5

Pos. 6
(AL unauthorized)

ABB

1 30A Ballast

1.36	
1SXU000023C0202	

Pos. 1

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

UL & CSA Technical data
A/AF145 – AF750
AC & DC operated
ABB contactor frame size		
		

A/AF	
145	

A/AF	
185	

A/AF	
210	

A/AF	
260	

A/AF	
300	

AF	
400	

AF	
460	

AF	
580	

AF
750

NEMA size	

	

4	

—	

—	

5	

—	

—	

6	

—	

7

Number of poles	

	

3	

3	

3	

3	

3	

3	

3	

3	

3

AC rating information										
NEMA maximum H.P. ratings 	
3 phase	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
200	
VAC	
40	
—	
—	
75	
—	
—	
150	
—	
230	
VAC	
50	
—	
—	
100	
—	
—	
200	
—	
460/575	
V	
100	
—	
—	
200	
—	
—	
400	
—	

  
—
300
600

U.L. general purpose current 	
Max. 3 Ph switching motor loads 	
U.L. maximum H.P. ratings 	
  115	
  230	
U.L. maximum H.P. ratings 	
  200—208	
  220—240	
  440—480	
  550—600	
Lighting – ballast and incandescent	

40°C	
Amps	
1 phase	
VAC	
VAC	
3 phase	
VAC	
VAC	
VAC	
VAC	
600VAC	

230	
130	
	
10	
25	
	
40	
50	
100	
125	
200	

250	
156	
	
15	
30	
	
50	
60	
125	
150	
—	

300	
192	
	
—	
40	
	
60	
75	
150	
200	
300	

350	
248	
	
—	
50	
	
75	
100	
200	
250	
—	

400	
302	

550	
414	

650	
480	

750	
590	

900
720

—	
—	
	
100	
100	
250	
300	
400	

—	
—	
	
125	
150	
350	
400	
—	

—	
—	
	
150	
200	
400	
500	
—	

—	
—	

—
—

200	
250	
500	
600	
—	

250
300
600
700
—

CSA Elevator ratings
220 – 240VAC	
240 – 480VAC	
550 - 600VAC	
230VAC	

3 phase	
3 phase	
3 phase	
1 phase	

	
Consult	
factory	
	

	
Consult	
factory	
	

40	
75	
100	
—	

50	
100	
125	
—	

60	
125	
150	
—	

—	
—	
—	
—	

—	
—	
—	
—	

—	
—	
—	
—	

—
—
—
—

Auxiliary contacts									
  NEMA rating	
AC	
A600	
A600	
A600	
A600	
A600	
A600	
A600	
  AC rated voltage	
VAC	
600	
600	
600	
600	
600	
600	
600	
  AC thermal rated current	
A	
10	
10	
10	
10	
10	
10	
10	
  AC maximum volt—ampere making	
VA	
7200	
7200	
7200	
7200	
7200	
7200	
7200	
  AC maximum volt—ampere breaking	
VA	
720	
720	
720	
720	
720	
720	
720	
  NEMA rating	
DC	
P600	
P600	
P600	
P600	
P600	
P600	
P600	
  DC rated voltage	
VDC	
600	
600	
600	
600	
600	
600	
600	
  DC thermal rated current	
A	
5	
5	
5	
5	
5	
5	
5	
  DC Maximum make—break	
A	
0.2	
0.2	
0.2	
0.2	
0.2	
0.2	
0.2	

A600	
600	
10	
7200	
720	
P600	
600	
5	
0.2	

A600
600
10
7200
720
P600
600
5
0.2

Approximate weight									
  Contactor	
lbs.	
7.1	
7.1	
13	
13	
13	
26	
26	
  Starter	
lbs.	
9.11	
9.11	
17.67	
17.67	
17.67	
35	
35	

33	
45	

33
45

Terminal wire range	
  Number of wires per phase	

AWG	
	

6-250MCM	
1	

6-250MCM	
1	

4-400MCM	
1	

4-400MCM	
1	

4-500MCM	
2	

250-500MCM	
2	

250-500MCM	
2	

Maximum short circuit ratings									
  MCCB,MCP,amps/kA	
480VAC	
400/85	
400/85	
800/85	
800/85	
800/85	
800/80	
800/80	
  MCCB,MCP,amps/kA	
600VAC	
400/35	
400/35	
800/35	
800/35	
800/35	
800/42	
800/42	
Fuse, amps—Type/kA	
600VAC	
400J/200	
400J/200	
600J/200	
600J/200	
600J/200	
1000L/80	
1000L/80	

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

2/0-500MCM	 2/0-500MCM
2	
3
1200/42	
—	
1200L/80	

1200/42
—
1200L/80

1.37
1SXU000023C0202

1

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

UL & CSA Technical data
AF1350 – AF1650
AC & DC operated

ABB contactor frame size		
		

AF	
1350	

AF
1650

NEMA size	

	

—	

8

Number of poles	

	

3	

3

AC rating information										
NEMA maximum H.P. ratings 	
3 phase	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
200	
VAC	
—	
—
230	
VAC	
—	
450
460/575	
V	
—	
900
U.L. general purpose current 	
Max. 3 Ph switching motor loads 	
U.L. maximum H.P. ratings 	
  115	
  230	
U.L. maximum H.P. ratings 	
  200—208	
  220—240	
  440—480	
  550—600	

40°C	
Amps	
1 phase	
VAC	
VAC	
3 phase	
VAC	
VAC	
VAC	
VAC	

1350	
960	
	
—	
—	
	
—	
400	
800	
900	

1650
1080
	
—
—
	
—
450
900
1000

	

	

	

	

	

	

  

	

Auxiliary contacts									
  NEMA rating	
AC	
A600	
A600
  AC rated voltage	
VAC	
600	
600
  AC thermal rated current	
A	
10	
10
  AC maximum volt—ampere making	
VA	
7200	
7200
  AC maximum volt—ampere breaking	
VA	
720	
720
  NEMA rating	
DC	
P600	
P600
  DC rated voltage	
VDC	
600	
600
  DC thermal rated current	
A	
5	
5
  DC Maximum make—break	
A	
0.2	
0.2
Approximate weight									
  Contactor	
lbs.	
75	
75
  Starter	
lbs.	
—	
—
Terminal wire range	
  Number of wires per phase	

AWG	
	

1/0-750 MCM	 1/0-750 MCM
4	
6

Maximum short circuit ratings									
  MCCB,MCP,amps/kA	
480VAC	
2000/42	
2000/42
  MCCB,MCP,amps/kA	
600VAC	
—	
—
Fuse, amps—Type/kA	
600VAC	
1600L/82	
2000L/82

1.38	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

UL/CSA & IEC Technical data
A/AE9 – A/AE/AF/TAE110
Contactor types:	
	

A..., AE... 		
AF..., TAE...		

Rated insulation voltage Ui
according to IEC 60947-4-1 	
according to UL/CSA 	
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. 	
Standards	
	
Air temperature close to contactor 	
– fitted with thermal O/L relay 	
– without thermal O/L relay 	
– for storage 	

9	
–	

V	
V	

	

Operating altitude  	

m	

26	
–	

30	
–	

40	
–	

45	
45	

50	
50	

63	
63	

75	
75	

95	
95	

110
110

8

	
	

Climatic withstand	
68-2-30

16	
–	

1000
600

kV	

	
°C	
°C	
°C	

12	
–	

Devices complying with international standards IEC 60947-1 / 60947-4-1
and European standards EN 60947-1 / 60947-4-1
	
	
	

see "Conditions for use" page 1.50, for control voltage limits and authorized mounting positions
	
	
	
	
        -25 to +55	 	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
-40 to +70 (55 max. for TAE... contactors)	
	
		
	
	
	
	
        -60 to +80	 	
	
	
-40 to +70

acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 and 60068-2-11 - UTE C 63-100 specification II	

	

	

acc. to IEC

< 3000

Shock withstand	
	
	
	
acc. IEC 60068-2-27 and EN 60068-2-27	 	
	
	
Mounting position 1 (see page 1.50)	
	
1/2 sinusoidal shock for 11 ms: no change in contact position
	
	
Shock direction	
Making position	
Breaking position	
		
A	
20 g	
20 g	
C1
	
	
B1	
10 g	
5 g 1	
	
	
B2	
15 g 2	
15 g 2
A B1
A
B2
		
C1	
20 g	
20 g
		
C2	
20 g	
20 g
C2
												
		 					
	
	
	
	
	

Not valid for DIN-rail
mounting

1 3 g for AF 45-22, AE 45-22, AF 75-22 and AE 75-22.
2 10 g for AF 45-22, AE 45-22, AF 75-22 and AE 75-22.

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.39
1SXU000023C0202

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

1

UL/CSA & IEC Technical data
A/AF145 – AF1650

A/AF145 – AF750
Contactor types:	

A... 		

145	

185	

210	

260	

300	

–	

–	

–	

–

	

AF...		

145	

185	

210	

260	

300	

400	

460	

580	

750

Rated insulation voltage Ui
according to IEC 60947-4-1	
according to UL/CSA 	

V	
	

1000
V600

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. 	
Standards	
	
	
	

kV	
	
	

8
Devices complying with international standards IEC 60947-1 / 60947-4-1
and European standards EN 60947-1 / 60947-4-1

Air temperature close to contactor 	
– fitted with thermal O/L relay 	
– without thermal O/L relay 	
– for storage 	
	

	
°C	
°C	
°C	

see "Conditions for use" page 1.51 , for control voltage limits and authorized mounting positions
-25 to +55
-40 to +70
-40 to +70

Climatic withstand	

	

	

Operating altitude  	 	

m	

	

	

	

	

acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 	 	

Shock withstand	
	
acc. IEC 60068-2-27 and EN 60068-2-27	
Mounting position 1 (see page 1.51)	

	
	
	

	
	
	
1/2 sinusoidal shock for 30 ms: no change in contact position

	

	

5 g in all directions (A, B1, B2, C1, C2)

	

A

ABB

C1

B1

A

	

< 3000

B2

C2

AF1350 – AF1650
Contactor types:	

AF...		

1350	

1650

Rated insulation voltage Ui
according to IEC 60947-4-1	
according to UL/CSA 	
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. 	
Standards	
	

	

1000

V	

600

kV	

	
	

8

	
	

Devices complying with international standards IEC 60947-1 / 60947-4-1
and European standards EN 60947-1 / 60947-4-1

	
	
	
	

see "Conditions for use" page 1.51 , for control voltage limits and authorized mounting positions
°C-25 to +55
°C-40 to +70
°C-40 to +70

	

	

acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 	

Operating altitude  	 	

m	

Air temperature close to contactor 	
– fitted with thermal O/L relay 	
– without thermal O/L relay 	
– for storage 	
	
Climatic withstand	

	

	

< 3000

Shock withstand	
	
acc. IEC 60068-2-27 and EN 60068-2-27	
Mounting position 1 (See page 1.51)	

	
	
	

	
	
	
1/2 sinusoidal shock for 30 ms: no change in contact position

	

	

5 g in all directions (A, B1, B2, C1, C2)

	
C1

A

ABB

A

B1

B2

C2

1.40	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

IEC Technical data
A/AE9 – GAE75
DC circuit switching
General

The arc switching on d.c. is more difficult than on a.c.
•	 For selecting a contactor it is essential to determine the current, the voltage and the L/R time constant of the controlled load.
•	 For information, typical time constant values are quoted hereafter: non-inductive loads such as resistance furnaces (L/R ~ 1 ms), inductive loads such as shunt
motors (L/R ~ 2 ms) or series motors (L/R ~ 7.5 ms).
•	 The addition of a resistor in parallel with an inductive winding helps in the elimination of the arcs.
•	 All the poles required for breaking must be connected in series between the load and the source polarity not linked to earth (or chassis).
a.c. operated contactors			
a.c. / d.c. operated (electronic coil interface)		
d.c. operated contactors			

A9	
–	
AE9	

A12	
–	
AE12	

A16	
–	
AE16	

A26	
–	
AE26	

A30	
–	
AE30	

A40	
–	
AE40	

A45	
AF45	
AE45	

A50	
AF50	
AE50	

A63	
AF63	
AE63	

A75	
AF75	
AE75	

GA75
–
GAE75

Utilization category DC-1, L/R < 1 ms
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
440 V	
	
600 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
440 V	

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

25	
10	
–	
–	
–	
25	
25	
10	
25	
25	
25	
25	
25	
25	
10	

27	
15	
–	
–	
–	
27	
27	
15	
27	
27	
27	
27	
27	
27	
15	

30	
20	
–	
–	
–	
30	
30	
20	
30	
30	
30	
30	
30	
30	
20	

45	
–	
–	
–	
–	
45	
45	
–	
45	
45	
45	
45	
45	
45	
–	

55	
–	
–	
–	
–	
55	
55	
–	
55	
55	
55	
–	
–	
–	
–	

60	
–	
–	
–	
–	
60	
60	
–	
60	
60	
60	
–	
–	
–	
–	

70	
–	
–	
–	
–	
70	
70	
–	
70	
70	
70	
70	
70	
70	
–	

100	
–	
–	
–	
–	
100	
100	
–	
100	
100	
100	
100	
100	
100	
–	

110	
–	
–	
–	
–	
110	
110	
–	
110	
110	
110	
–	
–	
–	
–	

120	
–	
–	
–	
–	
120	
120	
–	
120	
120	
120	
120	
120	
120	
–	

120
120
120
100
75
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

	 tilization category DC-3, L/R < 2 ms
U
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
440 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
440 V	

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

25	
6	
–	
–	
25	
25	
6	
25	
25	
25	
25	
25	
25	
6	

27	
7	
–	
–	
27	
27	
7	
27	
27	
27	
27	
27	
27	
7	

30	
8	
–	
–	
30	
30	
8	
30	
30	
30	
30	
30	
30	
8	

45	
–	
–	
–	
45	
45	
–	
45	
45	
45	
45	
45	
45	
–	

55	
–	
–	
–	
55	
55	
–	
55	
55	
55	
–	
–	
–	
–	

60	
–	
–	
–	
60	
60	
–	
60	
60	
60	
–	
–	
–	
–	

70	
–	
–	
–	
70	
70	
–	
70	
70	
70	
70	
70	
70	
–	

100	
–	
–	
–	
100	
100	
–	
100	
100	
100	
100	
100	
100	
–	

110	
–	
–	
–	
110	
110	
–	
110	
110	
110	
–	
–	
–	
–	

120	
–	
–	
–	
120	
120	
–	
120	
120	
120	
120	
120	
120	
–	

120
120
100
85
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Utilization category DC-5, L/R < 7.5 ms	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
440 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
440 V	

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

9	
4	
–	
–	
25	
10	
4	
25	
25	
9	
25	
25	
10	
4	

12	
4	
–	
–	
27	
15	
4	
27	
27	
12	
27	
27	
15	
4	

16	
4	
–	
–	
30	
20	
4	
30	
30	
16	
30	
30	
20	
4	

25	
–	
–	
–	
45	
30	
–	
45	
45	
25	
45	
45	
30	
–	

30	
–	
–	
–	
55	
45	
–	
55	
55	
30	
–	
–	
–	
–	

40	
–	
–	
–	
60	
50	
–	
60	
60	
40	
–	
–	
–	
–	

50	
–	
–	
–	
70	
70	
–	
70	
70	
50	
70	
70	
70	
–	

50	
–	
–	
–	
100	
80	
–	
100	
100	
50	
100	
100	
70	
–	

63	
–	
–	
–	
110	
90	
–	
110	
110	
63	
–	
–	
–	
–	

75	
–	
–	
–	
120	
100	
–	
120	
120	
75	
120	
120	
100	
–	

85
85
85
35
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.41
1SXU000023C0202

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

1

IEC Technical data
A/AF/AE95 – AF750
DC circuit switching

Technical Data
•	 The tables indicate for the standard contactors the Ie max. operating currents depending on: the utilization category (i.e. L/R) DC-1, DC-3, DC-5 as defined in the
IEC 60947-4-1 publication, the operating voltage Ue and the pole coupling details. See page 1.81.
	 Ampere values quoted in the tables below are valid for a -25 … +70 °C temperature close to the contactors, as long as the AC-1 Ampere values (see pages 1.45 146) for the corresponding ambient temperature are not exceeded.
•	 Max. switching frequency: 300 ops/h.
•	 For switching higher d.c. ratings, we recommend the use of bar mounted contactors, R series (63 … 2000 A).
The selection table for AE 50 ... AE 110 contactors can be used for the TAE 50 ... TAE 110 types.
a.c. operated contactors			
a.c. / d.c. operated (electronic coil interface)		
d.c. operated contactors			

A95	
AF95	
AE95	

A110	
AF110	
AE110	

A145	
AF145	
–	

A185	
AF185	
–	

A210	
AF210	
–	

A260	
AF260	
–	

A300	
AF300	
–	

–	
AF400	
–	

–	
AF460	
–	

–	
AF580	
–	

–
AF750
–

Utilization category DC-1, L/R < 1 ms
	

<110 V	

A	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	

<110 V	

A	

145	

160	

250	

275	

350	

400	

450	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	

220 V	

A	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	

<110 V	

A	

145	

160	

250	

275	

350	

400	

450	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	

220 V	

A	

145	

160	

250	

275	

350	

400	

450	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	

440 V	

A	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	

600 V	

A	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	Utilization category DC-3, L/R ≤ 2.5 ms
	

<110 V	

A	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	

<110 V	

A	

145	

160	

250	

275	

350	

400	

450	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	

220 V	

A	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	

<110 V	

A	

145	

160	

250	

275	

350	

400	

450	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	

220 V	

A	

145	

160	

250	

275	

350	

400	

450	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	

440 V	

A	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	

600 V	

A	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	Utilization category DC-5, L/R ≤ 15 ms
	

<110 V	

A	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	

<110 V	

A	

145	

160	

250	

275	

350	

400	

450	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	

220 V	

A	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	

<110 V	

A	

145	

160	

250	

275	

350	

400	

450	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	

220 V	

A	

145	

160	

250	

275	

350	

400	

450	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	

440 V	

A	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

600	

700	

800	

1050

	

600 V	

A	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

600	

700	

800	

1050

1.42	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

IEC Technical data
AL9 – AL40
DC circuit switching
General

The arc switching on d.c. is more difficult than on a.c.
•	 For selecting a contactor it is essential to determine the current, the voltage and the L/R time constant of the controlled load.
•	 For information, typical time constant values are quoted hereafter: non inductive loads such as resistance furnaces (L/R ~ 1 ms), inductive loads such as shunt
motors (L/R ~ 2 ms) or series motors (L/R ~ 7.5 ms).
•	 The addition of a resistor in parallel with an inductive winding helps in the elimination of the arcs.
•	 All the poles required for breaking must be connected in series between the load and the source polarity not linked to earth (or chassis).
A.C. operated contactors			

AL12	

AL16	

AL26	

AL30	

AL40

25	
10	
–	
–	
–	
25	
25	
10	
25	
25	
25	
25	
25	
25	
10	

27	
15	
–	
–	
–	
27	
27	
15	
27	
27	
27	
27	
27	
27	
15	

30	
20	
–	
–	
–	
30	
30	
20	
30	
30	
30	
30	
30	
30	
20	

45	
–	
–	
–	
–	
45	
45	
–	
45	
45	
45	
45	
45	
45	
–	

55	
–	
–	
–	
–	
55	
55	
–	
55	
55	
55	
–	
–	
–	
–	

60
–
–
–
–
60
60
–
60
60
60
–
–
–
–

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

25	
6	
–	
–	
25	
25	
6	
25	
25	
25	
25	
25	
25	
6	

27	
7	
–	
–	
27	
27	
7	
27	
27	
27	
27	
27	
27	
7	

30	
8	
–	
–	
30	
30	
8	
30	
30	
30	
30	
30	
30	
8	

45	
–	
–	
–	
45	
45	
–	
45	
45	
45	
45	
45	
45	
–	

55	
–	
–	
–	
55	
55	
–	
55	
55	
55	
–	
–	
–	
–	

60
–
–
–
60
60
–
60
60
60
–
–
–
–

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

9	
4	
–	
–	
25	
10	
4	
25	
25	
9	
25	
25	
10	
4	

12	
4	
–	
–	
27	
15	
4	
27	
27	
12	
27	
27	
15	
4	

16	
4	
–	
–	
30	
20	
4	
30	
30	
16	
30	
30	
20	
4	

25	
–	
–	
–	
45	
30	
–	
45	
45	
25	
45	
45	
30	
–	

30	
–	
–	
–	
55	
45	
–	
55	
55	
30	
–	
–	
–	
–	

40
–
–
–
60
50
–
60
60
40
–
–
–
–

Utilization category DC-1, L/R < 1 ms
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
440 V	
	
600 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
440 V	

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

	 tilization category DC-3, L/R < 2 ms
U
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
440 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
440 V	
Utilization category DC-5, L/R < 7.5 ms	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
440 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
440 V	

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

AL9	

1.43
1SXU000023C0202

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

1

IEC Technical data
EK110 – EK1000
DC circuit switching

General
The arc switching on d.c. is more difficult than on a.c.
•	For selecting a contactor it is essential to determine the current, the voltage and the L/R time constant of the controlled load.
•	For information, typical time constant values are quoted hereafter: non inductive loads such as resistance furnaces (L/R ~ 1 ms), inductive loads such as shunt
motors (L/R ~ 2 ms) or series motors (L/R ~ 7.5 ms).
•	The addition of a resistor in parallel with an inductive winding helps in the elimination of the arcs.
•	All the poles required for breaking must be connected in series between the load and the source polarity not linked to earth (or chassis).
Technical Data
•	The tables indicate for the standard contactors the Ie max. operating currents depending on: the utilization category (i.e. L/R) DC-1, DC-3, DC-5 as defined in
the IEC 60947-4-1 publication (see page 1.75 for more details), the operating voltage Ue and the pole coupling details.
	 Ampere values quoted in the tables below are valid for a -25 … +70 °C temperature close to the contactors, as long as the AC-1 Ampere values (see page 1.61)
for the corresponding ambient temperature are not exceeded.
•	Max. switching frequency: 300 ops/h.
•	For switching higher d.c. ratings, we recommend the use of bar mounted contactors, R series (63 … 2000 A).
Selection Table
a.c. / d.c. operated contactors			

EK110	

EK150	

EK175	

EK210	

EK370	

EK550	

EK1000

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

120	
120	
200	
200	
200	
200	
200	
200	
–	
–	
200	
200	
200	
200	
–	

145	
145	
200	
200	
200	
200	
200	
200	
–	
–	
200	
200	
200	
200	
–	

210	
210	
300	
300	
300	
300	
300	
300	
210	
–	
300	
300	
300	
260	
260	

210	
210	
300	
300	
300	
300	
300	
300	
210	
–	
300	
300	
300	
300	
300	

370	
370	
550	
550	
550	
550	
550	
550	
450	
450	
550	
550	
550	
450	
450	

550	
550	
800	
800	
800	
800	
800	
800	
650	
650	
800	
800	
800	
650	
650	

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

120	
135	
135	
135	
135	
135	
135	
–	
–	
135	
135	
135	
135	
–	

145	
145	
135	
135	
145	
135	
135	
–	
–	
145	
135	
135	
135	
–	

210	
210	
210	
210	
210	
210	
210	
210	
–	
210	
210	
210	
210	
170	

210	
210	
210	
210	
210	
210	
210	
210	
–	
210	
210	
210	
210	
210	

370	
450	
450	
450	
450	
450	
450	
450	
450	
450	
450	
450	
450	
450	

550	
650	
650	
650	
650	
650	
650	
650	
650	
650	
650	
650	
650	
650	

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

135	
135	
135	
135	
135	
135	
–	
–	
135	
135	
135	
135	
–	

145	
135	
135	
145	
135	
135	
–	
–	
145	
135	
135	
135	
–	

210	
210	
210	
210	
210	
210	
210	
–	
210	
210	
210	
210	
170	

210	
210	
210	
210	
210	
210	
210	
–	
210	
210	
210	
210	
210	

450	
450	
450	
450	
450	
450	
450	
450	
450	
450	
450	
450	
450	

650	
650	
650	
650	
650	
650	
650	
650	
650	
650	
650	
650	
650	

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Utilization category DC-1, L/R < 1 ms
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

≤ 72 V	
110 V	
≤ 72 V	
110 V	
220 V	
≤ 72 V	
110 V	
220 V	
440 V	
600 V	
≤ 72 V	
110 V	
220 V	
440 V	
600 V	

Utilization category DC-3, L/R < 2 ms
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

≤ 72 V	
≤ 72 V	
110 V	
220 V	
≤ 72 V	
110 V	
220 V	
440 V	
600 V	
≤ 72 V	
110 V	
220 V	
440 V	
600 V	

Utilization category DC-5, L/R < 7.5 ms
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
440 V	
	
600 V	
	
≤ 72 V	
	
110 V	
	
220 V	
	
440 V	
	
600 V	

1.44	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

IEC Technical data
A/AE9 – A/AE/AF/TAE110
Main Pole - Utilization Characteristics

Contactor types:	
	

A..., AE... 		
AF..., TAE...		

Rated operational voltage Ue max. 	 	 	
Rated frequency limits	
		

9	
–	

12	
–	

16	
–	

26	
–	

30	
–	

40	
–	

45	
45	

50	
50	

63	
63	

75	
75	

95	
95	

110
110

V	
Hz	

690	
	

	
	

	
25-400

	

	

	

1000 (690 for AF... contactors)

Conventional free-air thermal current Ith
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1,
open contactors   ø ≤ 40 °C 	
		
A	
with conductor cross-sectional area	mm2	 4	

26	
4	

28	
4	

30	
6	

45	
16	

65	
16	

65	
35	

100	
35	

100	
50	

125	
50	

125	
50	

145	
70

160	

Rated operational current Ie / AC-1
for air temperature close to contactor
	
ø ≤ 40 °C 	
		
A	
Ue max. 690 V	
ø ≤ 55 °C 	
		
A	
	
ø ≤ 70 °C	 3 		
A	
with conductor cross-sectional area 	mm2	 	

25	
22	
18	
2.5	

27	
25	
20	
4	

30	
27	
23	
4	

45	
40	
32	
6	

55	
55	
39	
10	

60	
60	
42	
16	

70	
60	
50	
25	

100	
85	
70	
35	

115	
95	
80	
50	

125	
105	
85	
50	

145	
135	
115	
50	

160
145
130
70

9	
9	
9	
9	
9	
7	
–	

12	
12	
12	
12	
12	
9	
–	

17	
17	
17	
16	
14	
10	
–	

26	
26	
26	
26	
22	
17	
–	

33	
32	
32	
32	
28	
21	
–	

40	
37	
37	
37	
33	
25	
–	

40	
37	
37	
37	
33	
25	
–	

53	
50	
50	
45	
45	
35	
23 2	

65	
65	
65	
65	
55	
43	
25 2	

75	
75	
72	
70	
65	
46	
28 2	

96	
96	
96	
93	
80	
65	
30 2	

110
110
110
100
100
82
30 2

2.2	
4	
4	
4	
5.5	
5.5	
–	

3	
5.5	
5.5	
5.5	
7.5	
7.5	
–	

4	
7.5	
9	
9	
9	
9	
–	

6.5	
11	
11	
15	
15	
15	
–	

9	
15	
15	
18.5	
18.5	
18.5	
–	

11	
18.5	
18.5	
22	
22	
22	
–	

11	
18.5	
18.5	
22	
22	
22	
–	

15	
22	
25	
25	
30	
30	
30 2	

18.5	
30	
37	
37	
37	
37	
33 2	

22	
37	
40	
40	
45	
40	
37 2	

25	
45	
55	
55	
55	
55	
40 2	

30
55
59
59
59
75
40 2

{

Utilization categorie AC-3
for air temperature close to contactor < 55 °C
Rated operational current Ie AC-3 1
	
220-230-240 	 	 V 	
3-phase motors	 380-400 V 	 	 	
	
415 V 	
		
	
440 V 	
		
	
500 V	
		
M
	
690 V 	
		
3
	
1000 V 	
		
Rated operational power AC-3 1
	
220-230-240 V 	
1500 r.p.m. 50 Hz	
380-400 V 	 	 	
1800 r.p.m. 60 Hz
3-phase motors	
415 V 	
		
	
440 V 	
		
	
500 V 	
		
M
	
690 V 	
		
3
	
1000 V 	
		

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	

Rated making capacity AC-3
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

	

10 x Ie AC-3

Rated breaking capacity AC-3
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

	

8 x Ie AC-3

Short-circuit protection for contactors
without thermal O/L relay - Motor protection excluded
Ue < 500 V a.c. - gG type fuse 	
A	
25	

32	

32	

50	

63	

	

80	

100	

125	

160	

160	

200

Rated short-time withstand current Icw
at 40 °C ambient temp., in free air,
from a cold state 	
1s	
	
10 s 	
	
30 s 	
	
1 min 	
	
15 min 	

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

250	
100	
60	
50	
26	

280	
120	
70	
55	
28	

300	
140	
80	
60	
30	

400	
210	
110	
90	
45	

600	
400	
225	
150	
65	

	
	
	
	
	

1000	
650	
370	
250	
110	

	
	
	
	
110	

	
	
	
	
135	

	
	
	
	
135	

1320	
800	
500	
350	
160	

1320
800
500
350
175

Maximum breaking capacity
cos ø = 0.45 (cos ø = 0.35 for Ie > 100 A)
	
at 440 V 	
	
at 690 V 	

A	
A	

250	
90	

	
	

	
	

420	
170	

820	
340	

	
	

900	
490	

1300	
630	

	
	

	
	

1160
800

Ie / AC-1  	 W	
Ie / AC-3  	 W	

0.8	
0.1	

1	
0.2	

1.2	
0.35	

1.8	
0.6	

2.5	
0.9	

3	
1.3	

2.5	
0.65	

5	
1.3	

6.5	
1.5	

7	
2	

6.5	
2.7	

	
	
	

	
	
	

	
	
	

600 (300 for AF..., AE... TAE...)	
600 (300 for AF..., AE... TAE...)	
150	
	
	
	

Heat dissipation per pole 	
	

Max. electrical switching frequency
– for AC-1 	
	
cycles/h	
– for AC-3 	
	
cycles/h	
– for AC-2, AC-4 	
	
cycles/h	

600	
	
	
1200 (600 for AE...)		
300	
	
	

Electrical durability	 	

	

see pages 1.70 - 1.73

	

10 (5 for AE... and TAE... contactors)

Mechanical durability
– millions of operating cycles	
– max. mechanical switching
   frequency 	
	

cycles/h	

7.5
3.6

300
300
150

3600 (300 for AF... contactors)

1	 For the corresponding hp/A values of 1500 r.p.m., 50Hz, 3-phase motors, see page 1.76.      	
2	 AF... contactors excluded
3	 Unauthorized for TAE... contactors.

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.45
1SXU000023C0202

1

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

IEC Technical data
A/AF145 – AF750

Main Pole - Utilization Characteristics

Contactor types:	
	

A... 		
AF...		

Rated operational voltage Ue max. 	

V	

Rated frequency limits	

Hz	

145	
145	

185	
185	

210	
210	

260	
260	

300	
300	

690	

	

	

	

	

–	
400	

–	
460	

–	
580	

–
750

25 ... 400

Conventional free-air thermal current Ith
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1,
open contactors   ø ≤ 40 °C 	
A	
with conductor cross-sectional area 1	 mm2	

250	
120	

275	
150	

350	
185	

400	
240	

500	
300 3	

600	
2 x 185	

700	
2 x 240	

800	
2 x 240	

1050
2 x 80 x 5 2

Rated operational current Ie / AC-1
for air temperature close to contactor
	
ø ≤ 40 °C	
A	
Ue max. 690 V	
ø ≤ 55 °C 	
A	
	
ø ≤ 70 °C 	
A	
with conductor cross-sectional area 		 mm2	

250	
230	
180	
120	

275	
250	
180	
150	

350	
300	
240	
185	

400	
350	
290	
240	

500	
400	
325	
300 3	

600	
500	
400	
2 x 185	

700	
600	
480	
2 x 240	

800	
700	
580	
2 x 240	

1050
800
720
2 x 80 x 5 2

Utilization categorie AC-3
for air temperature close to contactor < 55 °C
Rated operational current Ie AC-3
	
220-230-240 V 	
3-phase motors	
380-400 V 	
	
415 V 	
	
440 V 	
	
500 V	
M
	
690 V 	
3
	
1000 V 	

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

145	
145	
145	
145	
145	
120	
–	

185	
185	
185	
185	
170	
170	
–	

210	
210	
210	
210	
210	
210	
–	

260	
260	
260	
240	
240	
220	
–	

305	
305	
300	
280	
280	
280	
–	

400	
400	
400	
400	
400	
350	
–	

460	
460	
460	
460	
460	
400	
–	

580	
580	
580	
580	
580	
500	
–	

750
750
750
750
750
650
–

kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	

45	
75	
75	
75	
90	
110	
–	

55	
90	
90	
90	
110	
132	
–	

59	
110	
110	
110	
132	
160	
–	

80	
140	
140	
140	
180	
200	
–	

90	
160	
160	
160	
200	
250	
–	

110	
200	
220	
220	
250	
315	
–	

132	
250	
250	
250	
315	
355	
–	

160	
315	
355	
355	
400	
500	
–	

220
400
425
450
520
600
–

{

Rated operational power AC-3
	
220-230-240 V 	
1500 r.p.m. 50 Hz	
380-400 V 	
1800 r.p.m. 60 Hz
3-phase motors	
415 V 	
	
440 V 	
	
500 V 	
M
	
690 V 	
3
	
1000 V 	
Rated making capacity AC-3
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

	

	

10 x Ie AC-3

Rated breaking capacity AC-3
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

	

	

8 x Ie AC-3

Short-circuit protection for contactors
without thermal O/L relay - Motor protection excluded
Ue < 500 V a.c. - gG type fuse 	
	
A	

315	

355	

400	

500	

	

630	

800	

1000

Rated short-time withstand current Icw
at 40 °C ambient temp., in free air,
from a cold state 	
1s	
	
10 s 	
	
30 s 	
	
1 min 	
	
15 min 	

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

1800	
1200	
800	
600	
280	

2000	
1500	
1000	
800	
320	

2500	
1700	
1200	
1000	
400	

3500	
2400	
1500	
1100	
500	

	
	
	
	
	

4600	
4400	
3100	
2500	
840	

	
	
	
	
	

7000
6400
4500
3500
1300

Maximum breaking capacity
cos ø = 0.45 (cos ø = 0.35 for Ie > 100 A)
	
at 440 V 	
	
at 690 V 	

A	
A	

1500	
1200	

2000	
1600	

2300	
2000	

2600	
2400	

3000	
2500	

4000	
3500	

5000	
4500	

6000	
5000	

7500
7000

13	
5	

16	
8	

18	
9	

25	
14	

32	
18	

30	
16	

42	
21	

32	
17	

50	
28	

Max. electrical switching frequency
– for AC-1 	
cycles/h	
– for AC-3 	
cycles/h	
– for AC-2, AC-4 	
cycles/h	

300	
300	
150	

	
	
	

300	
300	
150	

	
	
	

	
	
	

300	
300	
60	

	
	
	

300
300
60

Electrical durability	

	

see pages 1.65 ... 1.69	 	

	

	

–	

–	

–	

	

5	

	

	

3	

	

	

300

Heat dissipation per pole  	
		

Mechanical durability
– millions of operating cycles	
– max. mechanical switching
   frequency 	

Ie / AC-1  	 W	
Ie / AC-3  	 W	

cycles/h	

	

	

3600 (300 for AF... contactors)	

–

1 	Conductors with preparation.
2	 Dimensions of the bars (in mm).
3	 For currents above 450A, use terminal extension / enlargement pieces LX 300 / LW 300 see page 1.31).

1.46	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

IEC Technical data
AF1350 – AF1650
Main Pole - Utilization Characteristics
Contactor types:	

AF...		

1350	

1650

1000	

1000	

25-400	

25-400

Conventional free-air thermal current Ith
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1,
open contactors   ø ≤ 40 °C 	
A	
with conductor cross-sectional area1	 mm2	

1350	
2/100x5	

1650
3/100x5

Rated operational current Ie / AC-1
for air temperature close to contactor
	
ø ≤ 40 °C	
A	
Ue max. 690 V	
ø ≤ 55 °C 	
A	
	
ø ≤ 70 °C 	
A	
with conductor cross-sectional area 		 mm2	

1350	
1150	
1000	
2 x 80 x 51	

1650
1450
1270
2 x 80 x 51	

Utilization categorie AC-3
for air temperature close to contactor < 55 °C
Rated operational current Ie AC-3
	
220-230-240 V 	
3-phase motors	
380-400 V 	
	
415 V 	
	
440 V 	
	
500 V	
M
	
690 V 	
3
	
1000 V 	

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

860	
860	
860	
860	
—	
—	
—	

1050
1050
1050
1050
—
—
—

kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	

257	
475	
500	
560	
—	
—	
—	

315
560
600
670
—
—
—

Rated operational voltage Ue max. 	

V	

Rated frequency limits	

Hz	

{

Rated operational power AC-3
	
220-230-240 V 	
1500 r.p.m. 50 Hz	
380-400 V 	
1800 r.p.m. 60 Hz
3-phase motors	
415 V 	
	
440 V 	
	
500 V 	
M
	
690 V 	
3
	
1000 V 	
Rated making capacity AC-3 	
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

	
	

	
	

Rated breaking capacity AC-3 	
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

	
	

	
	

Short-circuit protection for contactors	
	
without thermal O/L relay - Motor protection excluded 	
Ue < 500 V a.c. - gG type fuse 	
	
A	

12,000
10,000
7500
5500
2200

Maximum breaking capacity
cos ø = 0.45 (cos ø = 0.35 for Ie > 100 A)
	
at 440 V 	
	
at 690 V 	

A	
A	

10,000	
—	

12,000
—

60	

60

	

50,000	

50,000

	

500,000	

500,000	

60	

60

cycles/h	

	

8 x Ie, AC-3

10,000	
8000	
6000	
4500	
1600	

Mechanical durability
– millions of operating cycles	
– max. mechanical switching
   frequency 	

	

Product coordination
with ABB circuit breaker
Consult factory	

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

Electrical durability	

	

10 x Ie, AC-3

Rated short-time withstand current Icw
at 40 °C ambient temp., in free air,
from a cold state 	
1s	
	
10 s 	
	
30 s 	
	
1 min 	
	
15 min 	

Max. electrical switching frequency
– for AC-1 	
cycles/h	
– for AC-3 	
cycles/h	
– for AC-2, AC-4 	
cycles/h	

	

1	 Dimensions of the bars (in mm).

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.47
1SXU000023C0202

1

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

IEC Technical data
A/AF9 – AF110

Magnet System Characteristics for A... Contactors
Contactor types:	

A...		

Rated control circuit voltage Uc
– at 50 Hz  	
– at 60 Hz  	

16	

26	

30	

40	

45	

50	

63	

75	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

ø < 70 °C
	
0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc

	
	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	
	
	
	

120	
	
140	
	
125/120		
12/3	
	
12/3	
	
12/3	
	

	
	
	
	
	
	

180	
210	
190/180	
18/5.5	
18/5.5	
18/5.5	

	
	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	
	
	
	

350
450
410/365
22/6.5
26/8	
	
27/7.5

ms	
ms	

10 ... 26	 	
7 ... 21	 	

	
	

8 ... 21	 	
6 ... 18	 	

	
	

8 ... 27	 	
7 ... 22	 	

	
	

	
	

10 ... 25
7 ... 22

ms	
ms	

4 ... 11	
9 ... 16	

	
	

4 ... 11	 	
7 ... 14	 	

	
	

4 ... 11	 	
7 ... 14	 	

	
	

	
	

7 ... 15
10 ... 18

63	

75	

95	

	
	
	

	
	
	

48 ... 250
48 ... 250
20 ... 250

V	
V	

9	

12	

	
	

ø < 55 °C	 	
0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc	

Drop-out voltage in % of Uc	

	

roughly 40 ... 65 %	

Operating time
between coil energization and:
– N.O. contact closing  	
– N.C. contact opening  	
between coil de-energization and:
– N.O. contact opening  	
– N.C. contact closing  	

110

20 ... 690	
24 ... 600

Coil operating limits 	
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

Coil consumption
Average pull-in value 	
50 Hz 	
VA	
	
60 Hz 	
VA	
	
50/60 Hz 	1  VA/VA	
Average holding value	
50 Hz 	
VA/W	
	
60 Hz 	
VA/W	
	
50/60 Hz 	1 VA/W	

95	

70	
80	
74/70	
8/2	
8/2	
8/2	

	
	

	

Magnet System Characteristics for AF... Contactors
Contactor types: AF...		

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

45	

Rated control circuit voltage Uc
– at 50 Hz  	
– at 60 Hz  	
– d.c. 	

V	
V	
V	

	
	
	

	
	
	

	
	
	

	
	
	

	
	
	

	
	
	

48 ... 250		
48 ... 250		
20 ... 250		

Coil operating limits	
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

ø < 70 °C
0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc				

Drop-out voltage in % of Uc	

	

	

	

	

	

	

	

55 %	

50 Hz 	
VA	
60 Hz 	
VA	
d.c.	
W	
50 Hz 	 VA/W	
60 Hz 	 VA/W	
d.c.	
W	

	
	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	
	
	
	

210	
210	
190	
7/2.8	
7/2.8	
2.8	

	
	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	
	
	
	

350
350
400
7/3.5
7/3.5	
2

ms	
ms	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

30 ... 100		
27 ... 95	 	

	
	

	
	

30 ... 80
27 ... 77

ms	
ms	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

30 ... 110		
35 ... 115		

	
	

	
	

55 ... 125
60 ... 130

Coil consumption
Average pull-in value 	
	
	
Average holding value	
	
	

Operating time
between coil energization and:
– N.O. contact closing  	
– N.C. contact opening  	
between coil de-energization and:
– N.O. contact opening  	
– N.C. contact closing  	

50	

110

1 50/60 Hz coils: voltage codes 8 0 to 8 8. see page 1.28.

1.48	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

IEC Technical data
A145 — AF750
Magnet System Characteristics for A... Contactors
Contactor types:	

A... 		

Rated control circuit voltage Uc
– at 50 Hz  	
– at 60 Hz  	

V	
V	

145	

185	

210	

	
	

ø < 70 °C
0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc		

Drop-out voltage in % of Uc	

	

roughly 25 ... 65 %	

Operating time
between coil energization and:
– N.O. contact closing	
		
– N.C. contact opening  	
		
between coil de-energization and
– N.O. contact opening  	
		
– N.C. contact closing  	
		

300	

–	

–	

–	

–

750

24 ... 690	
24 ... 690

Coil operating limits	
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

Coil consumption
Average pull-in value 	
50 Hz 		
VA	
	
60 Hz 	
VA	
	
50/60 Hz	1	 VA/VA	
Average holding value	
50 Hz 		
VA/W	
	
60 Hz 		
VA/W	
	                                  50/60 Hz	1	 VA/W	

260	

550	
600	
700/650	
35/11	
40/12	
44/13	

	
	
	
	
	
	

1350	
	
1550	
	
1700/1550
60/16
65/19
80/21

ms	
ms	

13 ... 27	
8 ... 22	

	
	

17 ... 35
12 ... 30

ms	
ms	

5 ... 10	
9 ... 13	

	
	

7 ... 13
10 ... 16

	
	

Magnet System Characteristics for AF... Contactors
Contactor types:	

AF...		

Rated control circuit voltage Uc
– at 50 Hz  	
	
– at 60 Hz  	
	
– d.c. 	
	

V	
V	
V	

145	

185	

210	

	
	

ø < 70 °C
0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc		

Drop-out voltage in % of Uc	

	

55 %

50 Hz 	
60 Hz 	
d.c.	
50 Hz 	
60 Hz 	
d.c.	

Operating time
between coil energization and:
– N.O. contact closing  	
– N.C. contact opening  	
between coil de-energization and
– N.O. contact opening  	
– N.C. contact closing  	

VA	
VA	
W	
VA/W	
VA/W	
W	

300	

400	

460	

580	

850
850
950
12/4.5
12/4.5
4.5

48 ... 250
48 ... 250
24 ... 250

Coil operating limits	 	
according to IEC 60947-4-1	
Coil consumption
Average pull-in value 	
	
	
Average holding value	
	
	

260	

430	
430	
500	
12/3.5	
12/3.5	
2	

	
	
	
	
	
	

470	
470	
520	
10/2.5	
10/2.5	
2	

	
	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	
	
	
	

890	
890	
990	
12/4	
12/4	
4	

	
	
	
	
	
	

ms	
ms	

30 ... 115	
30 ... 115	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

50 ... 120	
50 ... 120	

	
	

ms	
ms	

25 ... 80	
25 ... 80	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

40 ... 70
40 ... 70

1 50/60 Hz coils: voltage codes 8 0 to 8 8. see page 1.28.

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.49
1SXU000023C0202

1

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

IEC Technical data
AF1350 – AF1650

Magnet System Characteristics for AF... Contactors
Contactor types:	

AF...		

Rated control circuit voltage Uc
– at 50 Hz  	
	
– at 60 Hz  	
	
– d.c. 	
	

1350	

V	
V	
V	

1650

100 - 250
100 - 250
100 - 250

Coil operating limits	
	
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

	
	

Drop-out voltage in % of Uc	

	

55 %

VA	
VA	
W	
VA/W	
VA/W	
W	

1900
1900
1700
48/17
48/17
16

Coil consumption
Average pull-in value 	
	 	
	 	
Average holding value	
	 	
		

50 Hz 	
60 Hz 	
d.c.	
50 Hz 	
60 Hz 	
d.c.	

Operating time
between coil energization and:
– N.O. contact closing  		
– N.C. contact opening  	
between coil de-energization and
– N.O. contact opening  	
– N.C. contact closing  	 	
With PLC
between coil energization and
– N.O. contact opening  	
– N.C. contact closing  	 	
between coil de-energization and
– N.O. contact opening  	
– N.C. contact closing  	 	

ø < 70 °C
0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc		

ms	
	

50 - 80	
ms	

	
50 - 80	

	
ms	

ms	
35 - 55

35 - 55

	
ms	

ms	
40 - 65

40 - 65

	
ms	

ms	
10 - 30

10 - 30

	

1 50/60 Hz coils: voltage codes 8 0 to 8 8. see page 1.28.

1.50	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

IEC Technical data
AE9 — AE110
TAE45 — TAE110
Magnet System Characteristics for AE... Contactors
Contactor types:	

AE...		

Rated control circuit voltage Uc
	 	

V d.c.	

9	

12	

16	

26	

30	

40	

45	

50	

63	

75	

95	

110

12 ... 250

Coil operating limits	
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

	
	

ø < 55 °C	 	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
ø < 70 °C
0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc										

Drop-out voltage in % of Uc	

	

roughly 10 ... 30 %	 	

	

	

	

roughly 15 ... 40 %

W	
W	

90	
2	

	
	

	
	

110	
2.5	

	
	

	
	

200	
4	

	
	

	
	

	
	

400
2.4

ms	
ms	

2	
9	

	
	

	
	

3	
16	

	
	

	
	

3	
15	

	
	

	
	

	
	

6
30 ... 40

ms	
ms	

10 ... 16	 	
8 ... 12	 	

	
	

13 ... 21		
11 ... 16		

	
	

13 ... 30	 	
10 ... 27	 	

	
	

	
	

15 ... 25
12 ... 22

ms	
ms	

5 ... 14 1			
11 ... 17 1	
	

6 ... 12 1	
8 ... 16 1	

	
	

5 ... 15 1		
8 ... 18 1		

	
	

15 ... 20 1
18 ... 23 1

–	

75	

95	

Coil consumption - Average values
– pull-in value	
– holding value	
Coil time constant
– open	
– closed	

L/R	
L/R	

Operating time
between coil energization and:
– N.O. contact closing  	
– N.C. contact opening  	
between coil de-energization and
– N.O. contact opening  	
– N.C. contact closing  	

Magnet System Characteristics for TAE... Contactors
Contactor types:	

TAE...		

Rated control circuit voltage Uc
	 	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

45	

50	

110

V d.c.	

	

	

	

	

	

	

17 ... 264

Coil operating limits 	
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

ø < 55 °C	
Uc min. ... Uc max.	

Drop-out voltage in % of Uc max.	

	

	

	

	

	

	

	

roughly 20 ... 35 %	

W	
W	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

120 ...  250	
1.7 ... 6.5		

	
	

	
	

300 ... 1000
2 ... 7

ms	
ms	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

3	
15	

	
	

	
	

	
	

6
40

ms	
ms	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

13 ... 30	 	
10 ... 27	 	

	
	

	
	

15 ... 25
12 ... 22

ms	
ms 	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

5 ... 15 2		
8 ... 18 2		

	
	

15 ... 20 2
18 ... 23 2

Coil consumption
values for Uc min. ... Uc max.
– pull-in value	
– holding value	
Coil time constant
– open 	
– closed 	

L/R	
L/R	

Operating time  
between coil energization and:
– N.O. contact closing  	
– N.C. contact opening  	
between coil de-energization and
– N.O. contact opening  	
– N.C. contact closing  	

1	 The use of surge suppressors increases the opening time on a scale of 1.1 to 1.5 for a varistor suppressor and on a scale of 4 to 8 for a diode suppressor.
	
AE 9 ... AE 40 contactors and Uc > 110 V: table values for contactors with RV 5 surge suppressor (factory mounted).
2	 The use of surge suppressors increases the opening time on a scale of 1.1 to 1.5 for a varistor suppressor and on a scale of 4 to 8 for a diode suppressor.	

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

	

	

1.51
1SXU000023C0202

1

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

IEC Technical data
A9 — A110

Built-in Auxiliary Contacts - Utilization Characteristics
Contactor types: A...		

9	

12	

16	

26	

30	

40	

45	

50	

63	

75	

95	

110

Rated operational voltage Ue max. 	

V	

690	

	

	

	

	

	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–

A	

16	

–

Conventional free air thermal
current Ith - ø ≤ 40 °C 	
Rated frequency limits 	

Hz	

Rated operational current Ie / AC-15
according to IEC 60947-5-1
	
24-127 V 50/60 Hz 	
	
220-240 V 50/60 Hz 	
	
380-440 V 50/60 Hz 	
	
500 V 50/60 Hz 	
	
690 V 50/60 Hz 	

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

Rated operational current Ie / DC-13
according to IEC 60947-5-1
	
24 V d.c. 	
	
48 V d.c. 	
	
72 V d.c. 	
	
125 V d.c.	
	
250 V d.c. 	

A / W	
A / W	
A / W	
A / W	
A / W	

	

	

	

	

	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

25 ... 400	 	

	

	

	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–

6	
4	
3	
2	
2	

	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	
	
	

–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–
–
–
–
–

6 / 144	 	
2.8 / 134	 	
2 / 144	 	
1.1 / 138	 	
0.55 / 138		

	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	
	
	

	
	
	
	
–	

–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	
–	
–

–
–
–
–

Rated making capacity
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1	

	

10 x Ie / AC-15	

	

	

	

	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–

Rated breaking capacity
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1	

	

10 x Ie / AC-15	

	

	

	

	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–

Short-circuit protection
gG type fuse 	

A	

10	

	

	

	

	

	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–

Rated short-time withstand current Icw
	
for 1.0 s 	
	
for 0.1 s 	

A	
A	

100 	
140	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–
–

17 / 5	

	

	

	

	

	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–

> 2	

	

	

	

	

	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–

5	

	

	

	

	

	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–

0.10	

	

	

	

	

	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–

Minimum switching capacity 	
Non-overlapping time between
N.O. and N.C. contacts 	
Insulating resistance at 500 V d.c.
after durability test 	
Heat dissipation per pole at 6 A 	

1.52	
1SXU000023C0202	

V / mA	
ms	
MOhm	
W	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

IEC Technical data
A/AE9 — AF/TAE110
Mounting characteristics
Contactor types:	
	

A..., AE... 		
AF..., TAE...		

9	
–	

12	
–	

16	
–	

26	
–	

30	
–	

40	
–	

45	
45	

50	
50	

Mounting positions	 	

	

see "Conditions for use"

Mounting distances	 	

	

The contactors can be assembled side by side

Mounting
on DIN rail	

according to IEC 715 and EN 50022 / EN 50023		

	

35 x 7.5 mm	
35 x 15 mm	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

35 x 15 mm	
75 x 25 mm	

by screws (not supplied)	

	

2 x M4	

	

	

	

	

2 x M6	

	

	

63	
63	

75	
75	

95	
95	

110
110

	
	

	

75 x 25 mm

Conditions for Use
Sustainable utilization conditions for contactors involving at the same time the Mounting position, Ambient temperature and Control voltage operating limits are
summarized in the table below.
Contactors	
	
	
Mounting position	
Control voltage
Ambient temperature	
	

		
	
	
A 9 ... A 110, AE 9 ... AE 110
	
		
	
	
	
AF 45 ... AF 110
	

	

	

1, 1 + 30°, 2, 3, 4, 5
	
	

6
	

< 55 °C	

0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc

55 ... 70 °C	

Uc

< 55 °C	

0.95 ... 1.1 x Uc

> 55 °C unauthorized	

–
0.85 Uc min. ... 1.1 x Uc max.

	

	

1, 1 + 30°, 2, 3, 4, 5	

< 70 °C	

	

	

6 unauthorized	

–	

–

< 55 °C	

Uc min. ... Uc max.

> 55 °C unauthorized	

–

–	

–

			

	

TAE 45 ... TAE 110	

	

	

1, 1 + 30°, 2, 3, 4, 5
	

	

	

	

6 unauthorized	

Notes for 4-pole contactors
Whatever the coil voltage: Pos. 5 unauthorized for A 45-22-00, AE 45-22-00, A 75-22-00, AE 75-22-00 contactors.
For 60 Hz coil voltage: (only for devices fitted with CA 5-.. and CAL 5-11 auxiliary contacts or TP timer)
–	 A 45-40-00, A 50-40-00 and A 75-40-00 contactors
	 Mounting positions 1 to 5 and ambient temperature < 55 °C: tolerance reduced to 0.9 ... 1.1 Uc (instead of 0.85 ... 1.1 Uc) for coil voltage codes 7 and 8 .
–	 A 45-22-00 and A 75-22-00 contactors
	 Mounting positions 1 to 4 (pos. 5 unauthorized) and ambient temperature < 55 °C: tolerance reduced to 0.9 ... 1.1 Uc (instead of 0.85 ... 1.1 Uc) for coil voltage
codes 7 and 8 .
For mounting position 6 or ambient temperature of 55 to 70 °C the information given on this page remains applicable.

Mounting Positions (see the above table for authorized positions)
Position 2

ABB

Position 4
ABB
ABB

-30°

+30°

Position 3
Position 5

ABB

Position 1

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

Position 1 ± 30°

Position 6

1.53
1SXU000023C0202

1

IEC Technical data
A/AF145 – AF1650

Mounting Characteristics — A/AF145 — AF750
Contactor types:	
	

A... 		
AF...		

145	
145	

185	
185	

210	
210	

260	
260	

300	
300	

–	
400	

–	
460	

–	
580	

–
750

–

Mounting positions	 	

	

see "Condition for use"

Mounting distances	 	

	

The contactors can be assembled side by side

Fixing
on DIN rail	

	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

	

4 x M5	

	

	

	

	

	

	

4 x M6

	

according to IEC 715 and EN 50022 / EN 50023			

by screws (not supplied)	

Mounting Characteristics — AF1350 — AF1650
Contactor types:	

AF		

1350	

1650

Mounting positions	 	

	

see "Condition for use"

Mounting distances	 	

	

The contactors can be assembled side by side

Fixing
on DIN rail	

	

–	

	

4 x M8	

	

–

according to IEC 715 and EN 50022 / EN 50023			

by screws (not supplied)	

Conditions for Use
Sustainable utilization conditions for contactors involving at the same time the Mounting position, Ambient temperature and Control voltage operating limits are
summarized in the table below.
Contactors	
	
	
Mounting position	
Ambient temperature	
Control voltage
	

A 145 ... A 300
	

	

AF 145 ... AF 750
	

	

	

1, 1 + 30°, 2, 3, 4, 5	

< 70 °C	

0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc

	

	

6 unauthorized	

–	

–

	

	

1, 1 + 30°, 2, 3, 4, 5	

< 70 °C	

0.85 x Uc min. ... 1.1 x Uc max.

	

	

6 unauthorized	

–	

–

Mounting Positions (see the above table for authorized positions)
Position 2

ABB

Position 4
ABB

-30°

ABB

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

+30°

Position 3
Position 5

ABB

Position 6
Position 1

1.54	
1SXU000023C0202	

Position 1 ± 30°

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

IEC Technical data
A/AE9 – AF/TAE110
Connecting Characteristics
Contactor types:	

A..., AE...		

9	

12	

16	

26	

30	

40	

45	

50	

63	

75	

95	

110

	

AF..., TAE...		

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

45	

50	

63	

75	

95	

110

Main terminals

	

	
	
with cable clamp	 	
	
						
						
Connecting capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)	

}

Rigid:	 solid (≤ 4 mm2)	
	
stranded (≥ 6 mm2)	

mm2	
mm2	
mm2	

Flexible with cable end	
	
	

1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	
l L

with single connector	
	
(13 x 10 mm)			
2 x (5.6 x 6.5 mm)					

with single
connector
(14 x 14 mm)

	
1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	

Rigid with connector
single for Cu cable	
single for Al/Cu cable	
double for Al/Cu cable	

Bars or lugs	
	
	

with double	
connector	

L mm ≤	
l mm >	

Auxiliary conductors
(built-in auxiliary terminals + coil terminals)	 	

1 ... 4	
1 ... 4	

	
	

	
	

1.5 ... 6	 2.5 ... 16		
1.5 ... 6	 2.5 ... 16		

6 ... 50	 	
6 ... 16	 	

	
	

	
	

10 ... 95
6 ... 35

–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	

0.75 ... 2.5	
0.75 ... 2.5	

	
	

0.75 ... 4	 2.5 ... 10 	
0.75 ... 4	 2.5 ... 10 	

6 ... 35	 	
6 ... 25	 	

	
	

	
	

10 ... 70
6 ... 35

8	
3.7	

	
	

	
	

10	
4.2	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

30 2
6

–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	

–
–
–

	

Rigid solid	
	

1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	

1 ... 4	
1 ... 4	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

0.75 ... 2.5
0.75 ... 2.5

Flexible with cable end	
	

1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	

0.75 ... 2.5	
0.75 ... 2.5	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

1 ... 2.5	 	

	

	

0.75 ... 2.5

8	
3.7	

	
	

1	
1	

8
3.7

–	

–	

–	

	
	
	

	
	
hexagon socket
M8 (s = 4 mm)

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

Lugs	
	

l L

L mm ≤	
l mm >	

	
	

Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1 /	
EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
– Main terminals	
– Coil terminals	
– Built-in auxiliary terminals	

	

Protection against direct contact acc. to VDE 0106 - Part. 100

	
	
	

IP 20	
IP 20
IP 20	

Screw terminals 	
Main terminals	
	

	
	
	

(delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened) 	 	
(+,-) pozidriv 2 screws	
	
	
       	
	
	
	
M3.5	
	
	
M4	
M5  	
	
M6	
	
	

Coil terminals	

	

M3.5 (+,-) pozidriv 2 screws with cable clamp

Built-in auxiliary terminals	

	
	

(+,-) pozidriv 2 screws with cable clamp	
M3.5	
	
	
M4	
M5	

	

	

	

	

	

	

IP 10

	

	

	

	

	

–	

Tightening torque
Main pole terminals
– recommended	
– max.	

Nm / lb.in	
Nm	

1.00 / 9	 	
1.20	
	

	
	

Coil terminals
– recommended	
– max.	

Nm / lb.in	
Nm	

1.00 / 9	 	
1.20

	

Built-in auxiliary terminals
– recommended	
– max.	

Nm / lb.in	
Nm	

1.00 / 9	 	
1.20	
	

	
	

Terminal marking and positioning	

	

	
	

–	
–	

–	

–	
–	

–

–
–

1.7 / 15	 2.30 / 20		
2.20	
2.60	
	

4.00 / 35		
4.50	
	

	
	

	
	

6.00 / 53
6.50

1.7 / 15	 1.00 / 9	 	
2.20	
1.20	
	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–
–

see pages 1.34

1	 L < 8 and l > 3.7 for coil terminal - L < 10 and l > 4.2 for built-in auxiliary terminals.
2 	With LW 110 enlargement piece. See page 1.31.

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.55
1SXU000023C0202

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

1

IEC Technical data
A/AF145 – AF750

Connecting Characteristics
Contactor types:	

A... 		

145	

185	

210	

260	

300	

–	

–	

–	

–

	

AF...		

145	

185	

210	

260	

300	

400	

460	

580	

750

Main terminals
Flat type	

17.5

20

40

25

5

5

6

6

22.5

22.5
ø 6.5

ø 8.5

ø 10.2

		
Connecting capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)	
	 Rigid:	 	
	
	

Bars or lugs	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

6 ... 185	
25 ... 150	
–	

	
	
	

1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	

–	
–	

L mm ≤	
Ø mm >	

24	
8	

mm2	
mm2	
mm2	

Flexible	
	
	

	
1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	

Rigid with connector
single for Cu cable	
single for Al/Cu cable	
double for Al/Cu cable	

ø L

Auxiliary conductors
(coil terminals)	

	
1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	

1 ... 4
1 ... 4

Flexible with cable end	
	

1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	

0.75 ... 2.5
0.75 ... 2.5

L mm ≤	
l mm >	

8
3.7

Lugs	

l L

Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1 /	
EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
– Main terminals	
– Coil terminals	
– Built-in auxiliary terminals	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

16 ... 240	 	
120 ... 240	 	
2 x 95 ... 120	

	
	
	

240	
240	
2 x 240	

	
	
	

300
300
3 x 185

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

	
	

32	
10	

	
	

	
	

47 / 45	
10	

	
	

52 / 50
12

	

Protection against direct contact acc. to VDE 0106 - part 100

	
	
	

IP 00	
IP 20
–

Screw terminals 		
Main terminals	
	
	
	

	

Screws and bolts	
­ 8	
M
	

	

	

	

M10	

	

	

M10 	

	

M12

Coil terminals (delivered in open position) 		

M3.5 (+,-) pozidriv 2 screws with cable clamp

Built-in auxiliary terminals	
	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

	
	

28 / 240	
30	

	
	

	
	

40 / 354	
44	

	
	

45 / 443
49

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

	
	

Tightening torque
Main pole terminals
– recommended	
– max.	

Nm / lb.in	
Nm	

18 / 160 	
20	

Coil terminals
– recommended	
– max.	

Nm / lb.in	
Nm	

1.00 / 9	
1.20

Built-in auxiliary terminals
– recommended	
	

Nm / lb.in	
– max.	

–	
Nm	

Terminal marking and positioning	

1.56	
1SXU000023C0202	

	

–	
–

–
–

	

Rigid solid	
	

	

ø 6.5 ø 12.5

ø 10.5

–
–

–	
–	

–	

see pages 1.36 & 1.37

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

IEC Technical data
AF1350 – AF1650
Connecting Characteristics
Contactor types:	

AF...		

Main terminals
Flat type	

	 Rigid:	 	
	
	

	
1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	

—

	

—

—	

—

mm2	
mm2	
mm2	

—	

—

Rigid with connector
single for Cu cable	
single for Al/Cu cable	
double for Al/Cu cable	
Flexible	
	
Bars or lugs	

1650

	

Connecting capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)	

	

1350	

ø L

	

—	

—

—	

—

1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	

—	

—

—	

—

L mm ≤	
Ø mm >	

100	
12	

100
12

Auxiliary conductors
(coil terminals)	

	

	

Rigid solid	
	

1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	

1...4	
1...4	

1...4
1...4

Flexible with cable end	
	

1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	

0.75...2.5	
0.75...2.5	

0.75...2.5
0.75...2.5

L mm ≤	
l mm >	

8	
3.7	

8
3.7

IP 00	
IP 20	

IP 00	
IP 20

Lugs	
	

l L

Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1 /	
EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
– Main terminals	
– Coil terminals	
– Built-in auxiliary terminals	

	
	
	
	

	

	

	

Screw terminals 	
	
    Screw and bolts
Main terminals		
M12	
		­
Coil terminals (delivered in open position) 		

M3.5 (+,-) pozidriv 2 screws with cable clamp

Built-in auxiliary terminals	
	
		

—	

—

Tightening torque
Main pole terminals
– recommended	
– max.	

Nm / lb.in	
Nm	

45/443	
49	

45/443
49

Coil terminals
– recommended	
– max.	

Nm / lb.in	
Nm	

1.00 / 9	
1.20	

1.00 / 9
1.20

Built-in auxiliary terminals
– recommended	
– max.	

Nm / lb.in	
Nm	

—	
—	

—	
—

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

	

1.57
1SXU000023C0202

1

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con
Contactor types:	
Rated insulation voltage Ui
according to IEC 60947-4-1 	
according to UL/CSA 	
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. 	
Standards	
	
Air temperature close to contactor 	
– fitted with thermal O/L relay 	
– without thermal O/L relay 	
– for storage 	

UL/CSA & IEC Technical data
AL9 – AL40
AL 	

AL9	

V	
V	

	

Operating altitude  	

m	

AL26	

AL30	

AL40

8

	
	

Climatic withstand	

AL16	

1000
600

kV	

	
°C	
°C	
°C	

AL12	

Devices complying with international standards IEC 60947-1 / 60947-4-1
and European standards EN 60947-1 / 60947-4-1
	
	
	

see "Conditions for use" page 1.50, for control voltage limits and authorized mounting positions
	
	
	
	
        -25 to +55	 	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
-40 to +70 (55 max. for TAE... contactors)	
	
		
	
	
	
	
        -60 to +80	 	
	
	

acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 and 60068-2-11 - UTE C 63-100 specification II	

	

	

< 3000

Shock withstand				
acc. IEC 60068-2-27 and EN 60068-2-27	 	
	
	
Mounting position 1 (see page 1.50)	
	
1/2 sinusoidal shock for 11 ms: no change in contact position
	
	
Shock direction	
Making position	
Breaking position	
C1
		
A	
20 g	
20 g	
		
B1	
10 g	
5g	
A B1
A
B2
		
B2	
15 g	
15 g
		
C1	
20 g	
20 g
C2
		
C2	
20 g	
20 g

1.58	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

IEC Technical data
AL9 – AL40
Main Pole - Utilization Characteristics
Contactor types:		

AL	

AL9	

AL12	

AL16	

AL26	

AL30	

AL40

Rated operational voltage Ue max. 	 	 	
Rated frequency limits	
		

V	
Hz	

	
	

	
	

690	
25-400

	

	

	

Conventional free-air thermal current Ith
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1,
open contactors   ø ≤ 40 °C 	
		
A	
with conductor cross-sectional area	mm2	 4	

26	
4	

28	
4	

30	
6	

45	
16	

65	
16	

65	
35

Rated operational current Ie / AC-1
for air temperature close to contactor
	
ø ≤ 40 °C 	
		
A	
Ue max. 690 V	
ø ≤ 55 °C 	
		
A	
	
ø ≤ 70 °C	 3 		
A	
2
with conductor cross-sectional area 	mm 	 	

25	
22	
18	
2.5	

27	
25	
20	
4	

30	
27	
23	
4	

45	
40	
32	
6	

55	
55	
39	
10	

60
60
42
16

9	
9	
9	
9	
9	
7	
–	

12	
12	
12	
12	
12	
9	
–	

17	
17	
17	
16	
14	
10	
–	

26	
26	
26	
26	
22	
17	
–	

33	
32	
32	
32	
28	
21	
–	

40
37
37
37
33
25
–

2.2	
4	
4	
4	
5.5	
5.5	
–	

3	
5.5	
5.5	
5.5	
7.5	
7.5	
–	

4	
7.5	
9	
9	
9	
9	
–	

6.5	
11	
11	
15	
15	
15	
–	

9	
15	
15	
18.5	
18.5	
18.5	
–	

11
18.5
18.5
22
22
22
–

{

Utilization categorie AC-3
for air temperature close to contactor < 55 °C
Rated operational current Ie AC-3 1
	
220-230-240 	 	 V 	
3-phase motors	 380-400 V 	 	 	
	
415 V 	
		
	
440 V 	
		
	
500 V	
		
M
	
690 V 	
		
3
	
1000 V 	
		
Rated operational power AC-3 1
	
220-230-240 V 	
1500 r.p.m. 50 Hz	
380-400 V 	 	 	
1800 r.p.m. 60 Hz
3-phase motors	
415 V 	
		
	
440 V 	
		
	
500 V 	
		
M
	
690 V 	
		
3
	
1000 V 	
		

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	

Rated making capacity AC-3
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

	

	

	

10 x Ie AC-3

Rated breaking capacity AC-3
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

	

	

	

8 x Ie AC-3

Short-circuit protection for contactors
without thermal O/L relay - Motor protection excluded
Ue < 500 V a.c. - gG type fuse 	
A	
25	

32	

32	

50	

63

Rated short-time withstand current Icw
at 40 °C ambient temp., in free air,
from a cold state 	
1s	
	
10 s 	
	
30 s 	
	
1 min 	
	
15 min 	

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

250	
100	
60	
50	
26	

280	
120	
70	
55	
28	

300	
140	
80	
60	
30	

400	
210	
110	
90	
45	

600
400
225
150
65

Maximum breaking capacity
cos ø = 0.45 (cos ø = 0.35 for Ie > 100 A)
	
at 440 V 	
	
at 690 V 	

A	
A	

250	
90	

—	
—	

—	
—	

420	
170	

820
340

Ie / AC-1  	 W	
Ie / AC-3  	 W	

0.8	
0.1	

1	
0.2	

1.2	
0.35	

1.8	
0.6	

2.5
0.9

	
	
	

	
	
	

600
1200 	
300

	

	

	

10

cycles/h	

	

	

3600

Heat dissipation per pole 	
	

Max. electrical switching frequency
– for AC-1 	
	
cycles/h	
– for AC-3 	
	
cycles/h	
– for AC-2, AC-4 	
	
cycles/h	
Mechanical durability
– millions of operating cycles	
– max. mechanical switching
   frequency 	
	

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

	

	

1.59
1SXU000023C0202

1

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

IEC Technical data
AL9 – AL40, TAL9 - TAL40

Magnet system characteristics for AL contactors
Contactor types:	

AL		

Rated control circuit voltage Uc
	
	

V d.c.	

AL9	

AL12	

16	

26	

30	

40	

12 ... 240  (24V & 48V for AL...Z)

Coil operating limits 	 	
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

	
	

ø < 55 °C
0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc						

Drop-out voltage in % of Uc	

	

roughly 15 ... 30 %	

Coil consumption - Average values
– pull-in value 	
	
– holding value 	
	
Coil time constant
– open 	
– closed 	

L/R	
L/R	

Operating time  
between coil energization and:
– N.O. contact closing  	
– N.C. contact opening  	
between coil de-energization and
– N.O. contact opening  	
– N.C. contact closing  	

W	
W	

	

3 (2.4 for AL9Z - AL16Z)	
3 (2.4 for AL9Z - AL16Z)	

ms	
ms	

40
90

ms	
ms	

50 ... 75
45 ... 70

ms	
ms 	

15 ... 30
17 ... 32

	

	

	

	

	
	

3.5	
3.5	

	
	

	

Magnet System Characteristics for TAL... Contactors
Contactor types:	

TAL		

Rated control circuit voltage Uc
	
	

V d.c.	

TAL9	

TAL12	

TAL16	

TAL26	

TAL30	

TAL40

9 ... 264

Coil operating limits 	 	
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

	
	

ø < 55 °C
0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc					

Drop-out voltage in % of Uc max.	

	

roughly 20... 35 %	

	

	

	

	

	

8.5	
2.5	
5	

	
	
	

	
	
	

9	
2.7
5.4	

	

	

	

	

ms	
ms	

50 ... 100	
20 ... 70	

	
	

	
	

55 ... 110
25 ... 75

ms	
ms 	

10 ... 17 1			
16 ... 27 1			

Coil consumption
values for Uc max. and 20 °C
– Uc max. DC 	
	
– Uc min. DC 	
	
– Uc DC	
	
Operating time  
between coil energization and:
– N.O. contact closing  	
– N.C. contact opening  	
between coil de-energization and
– N.O. contact opening  	
– N.C. contact closing  	

W	
W	
W	

12 ... 18 1
18 ... 28 1

1 The use of surge suppressors increases the opening time on a scale of 1.1 to 1.5 for a varistor suppressor and on a scale of 4 to 8 for a diode suppressor.

1.60	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

IEC Technical data
AL9 ­– AL40
Built-in Auxiliary Contacts - Utilization Characteristics
Contactor types: AL		
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 	
Conventional free air thermal
current Ith - ø ≤ 40 °C 	

AL9	

V	

	

AL12	

AL16	

A	

	

16

Hz	

	

25 ... 400

Rated operational current Ie / AC-15
according to IEC 60947-5-1
	
24-127 V 50/60 Hz 	
	
220-240 V 50/60 Hz 	
	
380-440 V 50/60 Hz 	
	
500 V 50/60 Hz 	
	
690 V 50/60 Hz 	

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

Rated operational current Ie / DC-13
according to IEC 60947-5-1
	
24 V d.c. 	
	
48 V d.c. 	
	
72 V d.c. 	
	
125 V d.c.	
	
250 V d.c. 	

A / W	
A / W	
A / W	
A / W	
A / W	

Rated frequency limits 	

	

	

10 x Ie / AC-15

	

	

10 x Ie / AC-15

A	

	

10

Rated short-time withstand current Icw
	
for 1.0 s 	
	
for 0.1 s 	

A	
A	

100
140

V / mA	

	

17 / 5

ms	

	

>2

Non-overlapping time between
N.O. and N.C. contacts 	

Insulating resistance at 500 V d.c.
after durability test 	
MOhm	

	

5

Heat dissipation per pole at 6 A 	

	

0.10

W	

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

AL40

6 / 144
2.8 / 134
2 / 144
1.1 / 138
0.55 / 138

Rated breaking capacity
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1	

Minimum switching capacity 	

AL30	

6
4
3
2
2

Rated making capacity
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1	

Short-circuit protection
gG type fuse 	

AL26	

690

1.61
1SXU000023C0202

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

1

IEC Technical data
AL9 – AL40

Mounting characteristics
Contactor types:	

AL 		

AL9	

AL12	

AL16	

AL26	

AL30	

Mounting positions	 	

	

see "Conditions for use"

Mounting distances	 	

	

The contactors can be assembled side by side

Mounting
on DIN rail	

according to IEC 715 and EN 50022 / EN 50023		

	

35 x 7.5 mm
35 x 15 mm

by screws (not supplied)	

	

2 x M4	

	

AL40

Conditions for Use
Sustainable utilization conditions for contactors involving at the same time the Mounting position, Ambient temperature and Control voltage operating limits are
summarized in the table below.
Contactors	
	
	
Mounting position	
Ambient temperature	
Control voltage
	
	
AL9 – AL40
	

		
	
	

1, 1 + 30°, 2, 3, 4, 5
	

	

< 55 °C	

0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc

55 ... 70 °C	

Uc

	

		
6 (Unauthorized)
				

Mounting Positions (see the above table for authorized positions)
Position 2

ABB

Position 4
ABB
ABB

-30°

+30°

Position 3
Position 5

ABB

Position 1

1.62	
1SXU000023C0202	

Position 1 ± 30°

Position 6

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

IEC Technical data
AL9 – AL40
Connecting Characteristics
Contactor types:	

AL		

AL9	

AL12	

AL16	

AL26	

AL30	

AL40

Main terminals

	

	
	
with cable clamp	 	
	
						
						
Connecting capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)	

}

Rigid:	 solid (≤ 4 mm2)	
	
stranded (≥ 6 mm2)	

with double
connector
2 x (5.6 x 6.5 mm)

	
1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	

1 ... 4	
1 ... 4	

	
	

	
	

1.5 ... 6	 2.5 ... 16
1.5 ... 6	 2.5 ... 16

–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	

Rigid with connector
single for Cu cable	
single for Al/Cu cable	
double for Al/Cu cable	

mm2	
mm2	
mm2	

Flexible with cable end	
	
	

1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	

0.75 ... 2.5	
0.75 ... 2.5	

	
	

0.75 ... 4	 2.5 ... 10
0.75 ... 4	 2.5 ... 10

L mm ≤	
l mm >	

8	
3.7	

	
	

10	
4.2	

–	
–	

	
	

1	
1	

8
3.7

Bars or lugs	
	
	

l L

Auxiliary conductors
(built-in auxiliary terminals + coil terminals)	 	

	
	

1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	

1 ... 4
1 ... 4

Flexible with cable end	
	

1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	

0.75 ... 2.5
0.75 ... 2.5

L mm ≤	
l mm >	

8	
3.7	

l L

–
–
–

–
–

	

Rigid solid	
	

Lugs	
	

–	
–	
–	

	
	

Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1 /	
EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
– Main terminals	
– Coil terminals	
– Built-in auxiliary terminals	

	

Protection against direct contact acc. to VDE 0106 - Part. 100

	
	
	

IP 20
IP 20
IP 20

Screw terminals 	
Main terminals	
	

	
	
	

(delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened) 	 	
(+,-) pozidriv 2 screws
M3.5	
	
	
M4	
M5

Coil terminals	

	

M3.5 (+,-) pozidriv 2 screws with cable clamp

Built-in auxiliary terminals	

	
	

(+,-) pozidriv 2 screws with cable clamp
M3.5	
	
	
M4	
M5

	
Tightening torque
Main pole terminals
– recommended	
– max.	

Nm / lb.in	
Nm	

1.00 / 9	 	
1.20	
	

	
	

Coil terminals
– recommended	
– max.	

Nm / lb.in	
Nm	

1.00 / 9	 	
1.20

	

Built-in auxiliary terminals
– recommended	
– max.	

Nm / lb.in	
Nm	

1.00 / 9	 	
1.20	
	

	
	

Terminal marking and positioning	

	

	

	

	

1.7 / 15	 2.30 / 20
2.20	
2.60

1.7 / 15	 1.00 / 9
2.20	
1.20

see pages 1.35

1	 L < 8 and l > 3.7 for coil terminal - L < 10 and l > 4.2 for built-in auxiliary terminals.
2 	With LW 110 enlargement piece. See page 1.31.

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.63
1SXU000023C0202

1

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

IEC Technical data
EK110 – EK1000

General Technical Data
Contactor types:	

EK... 		

Rated insulation voltage Ui
according to IEC 60947-4-1	
according to UL/CSA 	

V	
V	

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. 	
Standards	
	

kV	
	
	

Air temperature close to contactor 	
– fitted with thermal O/L relay 	
– without thermal O/L relay 	
– for storage 	

	
°C	
°C	
°C	

Climatic withstand	

	

Operating altitude  	

m	

110	

150	

175	

210	

370	

550	

1000

1000
600
8
Devices complying with international standards IEC 60947-1 / 60947-4-1
and European standards EN 60947-1 / 60947-4-1
see "Conditions for use" page 1.63, for control voltage limits and authorized mounting positions
-25 to +55	
	
	
	
	
	
-40 to +70	
	
	
-50 to +70	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
acc. to IEC 60068-2-30	

	

< 3000

Shock withstand				
acc. IEC 60068-2-27 and EN 60068-2-27	 	
	
	
Mounting position 1 (see page 1.63)	
	
1/2 sinusoidal shock for 15 ms: no change in contact position
C1
	
	
Contactor in making or breaking position	
	
	
Shock direction:	 A, C1, C2: 	
10 g	
	
				
B1:		
10 g
ABB
A
A B1
B2
				
B2:		
10 g							
												
C2

1.64	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

IEC Technical data
EK110 ­– EK1000
Main Pole - Utilization Characteristics
Contactor types:	

EK... 		

Rated operational voltage Ue max. 	

V	

Rated frequency limits	

Hz	

110	

150	

175	

210	

370	

550	

1000

1000	

	

	

	

	

	

690

25 ... 400

Conventional free-air thermal current Ith
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1,
open contactors   ø ≤ 40 °C 	
with conductor cross-sectional area	

A	
mm2	

200	
95	

250	
150	

300	
185	

350	
240	

550	
2 x 185	

800	
2 x 240	

1000	
2 x 300

Rated operational current Ie / AC-1
for air temperature close to contactor
	
ø ≤ 40 °C	
Ue max. 690 V	
ø ≤ 55 °C 	
	
ø ≤ 70 °C 	
with conductor cross-sectional area 	

A	
A	
A	
mm2	

200	
180	
155	
95	

250	
230	
200	
150	

300	
270	
215	
185	

350	
310	
250	
240	

550	
470	
400	
2 x 185	

800	
650	
575	
2 x 240	

1000
800
720
2 x 300

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

120	
120	
120	
120	
120	
120	
64	

145	
145	
145	
145	
145	
120	
80	

210	
210	
210	
210	
210	
210	
113	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	

400	
400	
400	
370	
370	
370	
155	

550	
550	
550	
550	
550	
550	
175	

–­
­–
­–
­–
­–
­–
­–

kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	
kW	

30	
55	
55	
59	
75	
110	
90	

45	
75	
75	
75	
90	
110	
110	

59	
110	
110	
110	
132	
160	
160	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	

110	
200	
220	
220	
250	
355	
220	

160	
280	
315	
315	
400	
500	
250	

–­
­–
­–
­–
­–
­–
­–

{

Utilization categorie AC-3
for air temperature close to contactor < 55 °C
Rated operational current Ie AC-3
	
220-230-240 V 	
3-phase motors	
380-400 V 	
	
415 V 	
	
440 V 	
M
	
500 V	
	
690 V 	
3
	
1000 V 	
Rated operational power AC-3
1500 r.p.m. 50 Hz	
220-230-240 V 	
1800 r.p.m. 60 Hz	
380-400 V 	
3-phase motors	
415 V 	
	
440 V 	
	
500 V 	
M
	
690 V 	
3
	
1000 V 	
Rated making capacity AC-3
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

	

10 x Ie AC-3	

	

	

	

	

	

­–

Rated breaking capacity AC-3
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

	

8 x Ie AC-3	

	

	

	

	

	

­–

	

630	

800	

1000	

Short-circuit protection for contactors

without thermal O/L relay - Motor protection excluded

Ue < 500 V a.c. - gG type fuse 	

A	

250	

	

355	

Rated short-time withstand current Icw
at 40 °C ambient temp., in free air,
from a cold state 	
1s	
	
10 s 	
	
30 s 	
	
1 min 	
	
15 min 	

A	
A	
A	
A	
A	

1700	
900	
600	
450	
210	

1800	
1200	
700	
550	
250	

2300	
	
1680	
	
1000	
	
800	
	
320		

5500	
	
5300	
	
3700	
	
3000	
	
1000		

6800
6400
4400
3400
1200

Maximum breaking capacity
cos ø = 0.45 (cos ø = 0.35 for Ie > 100 A)
	
at 440 V 	
	
at 690 V 	

A	
A	

1400	
1100	

1500	
1200	

2000	
1700	

	
	

5000	
5000	

5400	
5400	

–	
–	

10	
3	

13	
5	

18	
9	

	
	

40	
15	

60	
25	

80
–	

Max. electrical switching frequency
– for AC-1 	
	
cycles/h	
– for AC-3 	
	
cycles/h	
– for AC-2, AC-4 	 	
cycles/h	

300	
300	
150	

	
	
	

	
	
120	

	
	
	

	
	
	

	
	
	

300
–
–

Electrical durability	

	

see pages 1.75	 	

	

	

	

	

10	

	

	

	

5	

	

3600	

	

	

	

3600	

	

Heat dissipation per pole  	
	

Ie / AC-1  	 W	
Ie / AC-3  	 W	

Mechanical durability
– millions of operating cycles	
– max. mechanical switching
   frequency 	
	

	

cycles/h	

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.65
1SXU000023C0202

1

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

IEC Technical data
EK110 – EK1000

Magnet System Characteristics for EK... Contactors - a.c. Operated
Contactor types:	

EK... 		

Rated control circuit voltage Uc
– at 50 Hz  	
	
– at 60 Hz  	
	

V	
V	

110	

150	

175	

210	

370	

550	

24 ... 500	
24 ... 600	

	
	

	
	

	
	

48 ... 500	
110 ... 600	

	
	

1100	
1200	
630/630	
52/18	
65/22	
2.5/2.5	

	
	
	
	
	
	

3500	
4000	
3800/3400	
125/50	
140/60	
140/60	

	
	
	
	
	
	

Coil operating limits 	 	
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

	
	

ø < 70 °C
0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc

Drop-out voltage in % of Uc	

	

roughly 45 ... 65 %	

Coil consumption
Average pull-in value 	
50 Hz1 	
VA	
	
60 Hz1 	
VA	
	
	
50/60 Hz2   VA/VA	
Average holding value	
50 Hz1 	 VA/W	
	
60 Hz1	 VA/W	
	
50/60 Hz2	 VA/W	
Operating time
between coil energization and:
– N.O. contact closing  	
– N.C. contact opening  	
between coil de-energization and:
– N.O. contact opening  	
– N.C. contact closing  	

800	
900	
500/500	
44/15	
52/18	
2.5/2.5	

	
	
	
	
	
	

ms	
ms	

20 ... 401 / 30 ... 502			
15 ... 351 / 25 ... 452			

30 ... 60		
25 ... 55		

ms	
ms	

7.5 ... 151 / 95 ... 1202			
10 ... 181 / 100 ... 1252			

10 ... 20		
13 ... 23		

1000

Magnet System Characteristics for EK... Contactors - d.c. Operated
Contactor types:	

EK... 		

Rated control circuit voltage Uc
	
	

V d.c.	

110	

150	

175	

210	

370	

12 ... 220	

	

	

	

24 ... 220

550	

Coil operating limits	 	
according to IEC 60947-4-1	

	
	

ø < 70 °C
0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc						

Drop-out voltage in % of Uc	

	

roughly 15 ... 50 %

Coil consumption - Average values
– pull-in value	
	
– holding value	
	
Coil time constant
– open	
– closed	

L/R	
L/R	

Operating time
between coil energization and:
– N.O. contact closing  	
– N.C. contact opening  	
between coil de-energization and:
– N.O. contact opening  	
– N.C. contact closing  	

W	
W	

500	
2.5	

	
	

630	
2.5	

	
	

1100	
20	

ms	
ms	

8	
50	

	
	

	
	

	
	

12
60

ms	
ms	

30 ... 50	
27 ... 47	

	
	

	
	

	
	

60 ... 80	
55 ... 75	

ms	
ms	

10 ... 35	
13 ... 38

1000

	

	
	

	
	

1 "A" coil voltage codes see page 1.29.
2 50/60 Hz "E" coil voltage codes see page 1.29.

1.66	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

IEC Technical data
EK110 – EK1000
Mounting Characteristics
Contactor types:	

EK... 		

Mounting positions	 	

	

Fixing	
	
by screws (supplied)	 	

	
4 x M6	

110	

150	

175	

210	

	

4 x M6 (1)

370	

550	

1000

see "Conditions for use"
	
	

	

Conditions for Use
Sustainable utilization conditions for contactors involving at the same time the Mounting position, Ambient temperature and Control voltage operating limits are
summarized in the table below.
Contactors	
	
	
Mounting position	
Ambient temperature	
Control voltage
E110 ... EK210	

	

	

			

1, 1 + 30°, 3, 4, 5	

< 70 °C	

0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc

< 70 °C	

0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc

2, 6 unauthorized

E370 ... EK1000	

	

	

1, 1 + 30°, 2, 3, 4, 5	

	

	

	

6 unauthorized

Mounting Positions (see the above table for authorized positions)
Position 2

ABB

Position 4
ABB
ABB

-30°

+30°

Position 5

Position 3
ABB

Position 6
Position 1

Position 1 ± 30°

1 Damping elements are supplied

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.67
1SXU000023C0202

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

1

IEC Technical data
EK110 – EK1000

Connecting Characteristics
Contactor types:	

EK... 		

110	

Main terminals 	
Flat type

150	
20

15
4.5

			
			
			
Connecting capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)	
Rigid:	
	

Flexible	
	

1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	

ø L

Auxiliary conductors
(coil terminals)	
	
Rigid solid	
	

Lugs	

	
	

5

6

ø 11

ø 11

ø 11

8

ø 11

–	
–	

–	
–	

25 ... 185	
10 ... 70	
–	

	
35 ... 120	
–	

	
	
	

70 ... 300	
	
	

	
–	
70 ... 300	 	
2 x 35 ... 185	

95 ... 300
2 x 95 ... 300

1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–

L mm ≤	
Ø mm >	

30	
6	

30	
10	

33		
10		

l L

1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	

0.5 ... 2.5
0.5 ... 2.5

1 x mm2	
2 x mm2	

0.5 ... 2.5
0.5 ... 2.5

L mm ≤	
l mm >	

8
3.7

–	
–	

–	
–	

–
–

55
10

Coil terminals (delivered in open position) 		

Protection against direct contact acc. to VDE 0106 - Part. 100
IP 00	
IP 20

	

	

	

	

Screws and bolts	
M6	
M10
M3.5 (+,-) pozidriv 2 screws with cable clamp

Tightening torque
Main pole terminals
– recommended	 	
– max.	
	

Nm / lb.in	
Nm	

5 / 44	
6	

Coil terminals
– recommended	
– max.	

Nm / lb.in	
Nm	

1.00 / 9	
1.20	

1SXU000023C0202	

40

25

4

–	
–	

Screw terminals 		
Main terminals	
	
	
		­	

1.68	

1000

–	
–	

Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1 /	 	
EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
– Main terminals	
	
	
– Coil terminals	
	
	

	
	

20

550	

	

	
	

Flexible with cable end	
	
	
	

370	

–	
–	

25 ... 120	
mm2	
mm2	

	
	

Bars or lugs		
		

ø 6.6

210	

	

	
	

Rigid with connector
single for Cu cable	mm2	
single for Al/Cu cable	
double for Al/Cu cable	

175	

18 / 160	
22	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

IEC Technical data
Contactor electrical durability
and Utilization categories

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

General
Utilization categories determine the current making and breaking conditions relating to the characteristics of the loads to be controlled by the contactors. International standard IEC 60947-4-1 and European standard EN 60947-4-1 are the standards to be referred to.
If Ic is the current to be broken by the contactor and Ie the rated operational current normally drawn by the load, then:
•	 Categories AC-1 and AC-3: Ic = Ie
•	 Category AC-2: Ic = 2.5 x Ie
•	 Category AC-4: Ic = 6 x Ie
Generally speaking Ic = m x Ie where m is a multiple of the load operational current.
On pages 1.66 - 1.71, the curves corresponding to categories AC-1, AC-2, AC-3 and AC-4 represent the electrical durability variation of standard contactors in
relation to the breaking current Ic .
Electrical durability is expressed in millions of operating cycles.
These curves have been plotted for 400 V - 50 Hz 3-phase currents but remain valid up to 690 V - 40 ... 60 Hz provided that a check is carried out to make sure
that at the operational voltage Ue , the current Ie normally drawn by the load does not exceed the value of the contactor rated operational current: Ie / AC-1 for
category AC-1 and Ie / AC-3 for categories AC-3 and AC-4. The values are given for each type of contactor in pages 1.44, 1.45, 1.54, and 1.61 (Technical Data).

Curve Utilization Mode
Electrical durability forecast and contactor selection for categories AC-1, AC-2, AC-3 or AC-4
•	 Note the characteristics of the load to be controlled:
–	 Operational voltage.............................................................................................Ue
–	 Current normally drawn.......................................................................................Ie	 (Ue / Ie / kW relation for motors, + page 0/0).
–	 Utilization category.............................................................................................AC-1, AC-2, AC-3 or AC-4
–	 Breaking current..................................................................................................Ic = Ie for AC-1 and for AC-3 ; Ic = 2.5 x Ie for AC-2 ; Ic = 6 x Ie for AC-4
•	 Define the number of operating cycles N required.
•	 On the diagram corresponding to the operational category, select the contactor with the curve immediately above the intersection point (Ic ; N).
Electrical durability forecast and contactor selection for mixed duty motor control: AC-3 (Ic = Ie) type switching off while "motor running"
and, occasionally, AC-4 (Ic = 6 x Ie) type switching off while "motor accelerating".
•	 Note the characteristics of the motor to be controlled:
–	 Operational voltage.............................................................................................Ue
–	 Current normally drawn while "motor running"...................................................Ie 	 (Ue / Ie / kW relation for motors, + 0/0).
–	 Breaking current for AC-3...................................................................................Ic = Ie
–	 Breaking current for AC-4 while "motor accelerating"........................................Ic = 6 x Ie
–	 Percentage of AC-4 operations..........................................................................K (on the basis of the total number of operating cycles)
•	 Define the total number of operating cycles N required.
•	 Note the smallest contactor rating compatible for AC-3 (Ue / Ie) on pages 2/62, 2/63, 2/73, and 2/79.
•	 For the selected contactor make a note of the following in relation to the voltage using diagram AC-3 page 2/85 and AC-4 page 2/86 or 2/87:
–	 The number of operating cycles	
A	 for	 Ic = Ie 	
(AC-3)
–	 The number of operating cycles B	 for	
Ic = 6 x Ie	 (AC-4)
•	 Calculate the estimated number of cycles N' (N' is always below A)
	
A
N' =	
		
	
1 + 0.01 K (A/B - 1)
•	If N' is too low in relation to the target N, calculate the estimated number of cycles for a higher contactor rating.
Case of uninterrupted duty.
Among the different utilization categories, the uninterrupted duty implies the following remark. The combinated effect of environmental conditions and the proper
temperature of the product may require some disposals. As a matter of fact, for this duty, the use duration prevails over the number of operating cycles.
For long term service, some verifications of preventing maintenance are needed to check the functionality of the concerned product (consult us).
Over a duration of five years, in these conditions the contactor might present high internal resistance. We recommend to change the contactor or change the
contacts.

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.69
1SXU000023C0202

1

IEC Technical data
A9 – AF750
Electrical durability

Electrical Durability for AC-1 Utilization Category. Ambient Temperature < 55 °C

AF

5
AF 8 0
75
0

AF
4
AF 0 0
46
0

0
26
A 0
30
0

21

A

A

A
14
A 5
18
5

0
11

95

A

A

63

75

A

50

A

45

A

A

40

30
A

A

26
A

16
A

A

9

Millions of
operations

12

Switching non-inductive or slightly inductive loads. The breaking current Ic for AC-1 is equal to the rated operational current of the load.

A

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

10

5
3
2

9
7
5
3
1

9
7
5
3
1

1

0.5
0.3

9
7
5
3
1

0.2

1

0.1

2

3

1 3 5 7 9

1 3 5 7 9

5

10

3

5

7

9

20

1

24

30

50

100

3

5

7

9

200

300

500

1000

Breaking current Ic (A)

Example:
Ic / AC-1 = 24 A – Electrical durability required = 2 million operations.
Using the AC-1 curves above select the A 30 contactor at intersection " " (24 A / 2 million operations).

1.70	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

IEC Technical data
A9 – AF750
Electrical durability

Switching cage motors: starting and switching off running motors. The breaking current Ic for AC-3 is equal to the rated operational current Ie
(Ie = motor full load current).

AF

A

A

75
0

AF
4
AF 00
46
0
AF
58
0

14
5
18
A 5
21
A 0
26
A3 0
00

11
0

95
A

A

63
75
A

A

50
A

30

A

40

26

A

A

16

A

A

A

9

Millions of
operations

12

Electrical Durability for AC-3 Utilization Category - Ue < 440 V. Ambient Temperature < 55 °C

10

5
3
2

9
7
5
3
1

9
7

1.5

5
3
1

1

0.5
0.3
0.2

1 3 5 7 9

1

2

1 3 5 7 9

1 3 5 7 9

3

5

3

5

7

9

10

1

20

30

50

79

3

5

7

100

9

200

300

500
1000
Breaking current Ic (A)

4
AF 00
46
AF 0
5
AF 80
75
0

AF

5

A 0
26
0
A
30
0

21

18

A

A

A

14

0
11
A

95

A

63
75
A

50

A

A

40

30

A

A

16

26
A

A

A

A

9

12

Millions of
operations

5

Electrical Durability for AC-3 Utilization Category - 440 V < Ue < 690 V. Ambient Temperature < 55 °C

10

5
3
2

9
7
5
3
1

9
7
5
3
1

1

0.5
0.3
0.2

1 3 5 7 9

1

2

3

1 3 5 7 9

1 3 5 7 9

5

10

3

5

7

9

20

1

30

50

100

3

5

7

9

200

300

500
1000
Breaking current Ic (A)

Example:
Motor power 40 kW for AC-3 - Ue = 400 V utilization – Electrical durability required = 1.5 million operations.
40 kW, 400 V corresponds to Ie = 79 A. For AC-3: Ic = Ie. Select the A 110 contactor at intersection " " (79 A / 1.5 million operations) on the curves
(AC-3 - Ue < 440 V).

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.71
1SXU000023C0202

1

IEC Technical data
A9 – AF750
Electrical durability

Electrical Durability for AC-2 or AC-4 Utilization Category - Ue < 440 V. Ambient Temperature < 55 °C
Maximum number of AC-2 or AC-4 operations:	 300 per hour for A 9 ... A 40 contactors,
	
150 per hour for A 50 ... A 300 contactors.

0
26
A 0
30
AF 0
4
AF 00
46
AF 0
58
AF 0
75
0
A

5

A

21

5

18

A

A

11

14

0

95

A

A

63
75
A

50

A

40

A

30

A

26

A

A

16

A

A

9

Millions of
operations

12

Switching cage motors: starting, reverse operation and step-by-step operation. The breaking current Ic is equal to 2.5 x Ie for AC-2 and 6 x Ie for
AC-4, keeping in mind that Ie is the motor rated operational current (Ie = motor full-load current).

A

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

10
5
3
2

9
7
5
3
1

9
7
5
3
1

1
0.5
0.3
0.2

9
7
5
3
1

9
7
5
3
1

0.1

1 3 5 7 9

0.05
0.03
0.02

9
7
5
3
1

9
7
5
3
1

0.01

1 3 5 7 9

1

0.005

2

3

5

10

3

5

7

1 3 5 7 9

9

20

1

30

50

100

3

5

7

9

200

1

300

500

3

1000

5

7

9

2000 3000

510

5000

Breaking current Ic (A)

Example:
Motor power 45 kW for AC-4 - Ue = 400 V utilization – Electrical durability required = 0.2 million operations.
45 kW, 400 V corresponds to Ie = 85 A.
For AC-4: Ic = 6 x Ie = 510 A - Select the A 260 contactor at intersection " " (510 A / 0.2 million operations) on the curves (AC-4 - Ue < 440 V).

1.72	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

IEC Technical data
A9 – AF750
Electrical durability
Electrical Durability for AC-2 or AC-4 Utilization Category - 440 V < Ue < 690 V. Ambient Temperature < 55 °C
Maximum number of AC-2 or AC-4 operations:	
	

300 per hour for A 9 ... A 40 contactors,
150 per hour for A 50 ... A 300 contactors.

14
A 5
18
5
A
21
0
A
26
0
A
30
0
AF
40
AF 0
4
AF 60
58
AF 0
75
0

0

A

11

A

75
95
A

63

A

50

A

A

30

40

A

26

A

16

A

A

A

A

9

Millions of
operations

12

Switching cage motors: starting, reverse operation and step-by-step operation. The breaking current Ic is equal to 2.5 x Ie for AC-2 and 6 x Ie for
AC-4, keeping in mind that Ie is the motor rated operational current (Ie = motor full-load current).

10
5
3
2

9
7
5
3
1

9
7
5
3
1

1
0.5
0.3
0.2

9
7
5
3
1

9
7
5
3
1

0.1

1 3 5 7 9

0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02

9
7
5
3
1

9
7
5
3
1

0.01

1 3 5 7 9

1

0.005

2

3

5

Breaking current Ic (A)

10

3

5

7

1 3 5 7 9

9

20

1

30

50

100

3

5

7

9

200

1

300

500
427

1000

3

5

7

9

2000 3000

5000

Example:
Motor power 59 kW for AC-4 - Ue = 600 V utilization – Electrical durability required = 0.04 million operations.
As stated on page 0/0: 59 kW, 600 V corresponds to Ie = 71.1 A.
For AC-4: Ic = 6 x Ie = 426.6 A - Select the A 145 contactor at intersection " " (427 A / 0.04 million operations) on the curves
(AC-4 - 440 V < Ue < 690 V).

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.73
1SXU000023C0202

1

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

IEC Technical data
AL9 — AL40
Electrical durability

Consult
factory

1.74	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

IEC Technical data
EK110 — EK1000
Electrical durability
Electrical Durability for AC-1 Utilization Category. Ambient Temperature < 55 °C

EK

15
0
E
EK K 1
7
5
21
0

EK

11
0
EK

Millions of
operations

37
EK 0
55
0
EK
10
00

Switching non-inductive or slightly inductive loads. The breaking current Ic for AC-1 is equal to the rated operational current of the load.

10

5
3
2

9
7
5
3
1

9
7
5
3
1

1

0.5
0.3

9
7
5
3
1

0.2

1

0.1

2

3

1 3 5 7 9

1 3 5 7 9

5

10

3

5

7

9

20

1

30

50

100

3

5

7

9

200
300
240

500

1000

Breaking current Ic (A)

Example:
Ic / AC-1 = 240 A – Electrical durability required = 2 million operations.
Using the AC-1 curves above select the EK 370 contactor at intersection " " (240 A / 2 million operations).

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.75
1SXU000023C0202

1

IEC Technical data
Influence of the length of conductors
used in contactor control circuits
Under certain conditions the excessive length of the control circuit conductors may prevent the contactor from carrying
out closing and opening orders.
–	 no closing:	
due to excessive voltage drop (in a.c. or d.c.).
–	 no opening:	 due to excessive capacitance (in a.c.).

Contactor Closing (contactor with a.c. or d.c. fed control circuit)
The voltage drop is due to the pull-in current (pull-in power) and to the resistance of the control circuit
conductors.
The table and graph below can be used to determine the single length of line feeders (distance between the control device
and the contactor coil) in relation to:
l	 the coil pull-in consumption.
l	 the supply voltage.
l	 the connecting wire cross-sectional area.

A 50-30-00

The graph has been drawn for a max. line voltage drop of 5 %.
Coil pull-in consumption (average value)

AF 460-30-11

Contactors	
	

a.c. control circuit	
50 Hz

Contactors	

d.c. control circuit

A 9, 12, 16	
A 26, 30, 40	
A 45, 50, 63, 75	
A 95, 110	
A 145, 185	
A 210, 260, 300	

70 VA	
120 VA	
180 VA	
450 VA	
700 VA	
1700 VA

AE 9, 12, 16	
AE 26, 30, 40	
AE 45, 50, 63, 75	
AE 95, 110	
BC 9, 16, 18, 25, 30	

90 W
110 W
200 W
400 W
7W

AF 45, 50, 63, 75	
AF 95, 110	
AF 145,185	
AF 210, 260, 300	
AF 400, 460	
AF 580, 750	

210 VA	
350 VA	
430 VA	
470 VA	
890 VA	
850 VA	

AF 45, 50, 63, 75	
AF 95, 110	
AF 145,185	
AF 210, 260, 300	
AF 400, 460	
AF 580, 750	

190 W
400 W
500 W
520 W
990 W
950 W

Permissible single length for the control circuit conductors on contactor closing:
Depending on the coil pull-in power consumption on the supply voltage and on the control circuit conductor cross-sectional area.
single line length in m.

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

25000
20000

40000
30000
20000

10000

10000

10000

3000

5000

3000

2000

3000

2000

300

300

200

200

300

300

200

30

30

20

30

20

5
4
4

-4

30

-6

0V
00

90

V

V

V

11

0V

60
V
48
V
24

10

V

5
3

5

3

2

3
2.5

2
1.5

1

2.5

-2

50

20

5

10

0V

30

10

10

22

50

50

50

0V

100

100

50

20

0V

38

500

500

200

100

100

66

2000

1000

500

500

3000

1000

1000

1000

5000

5000

5000

2000

10000

15000

1.5

1 3 5 7 9

1

1

2

1 3 5 7 9

3

5

10

20

1 3 5 7 9

30

Cross-sectional area (Cu) in mm2

50

70

100

200

1 3 5 7 9

300

500

1000

2000

5000

10000

Coil pull-in consumption: in VA for a.c. fed contactors
in W for d.c. fed contactors

Example:
A 9 contactor
Coil voltage: 230 V 50 Hz, contactor coil pull-in power consumption: 70 VA,
control circuit conductor cross-sectional area: Cu 1.5 mm2.
Max. permissible length: 2000 m.
1.76	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

IEC Technical data
Influence of the length of conductors
used in contactor control circuits
Contactor Opening (contactor with a.c. fed control circuit)

Under certain conditions, an a.c. operated contactor does not open when the control circuit is de-energized.

Single control line length

This is due to a critical capacity of the excessively long control circuit line and the type of contactor coil control layout
(see diagrams A and B opposite).
This may be caused by the following factors:
•	 high control voltage.
•	 low coil holding consumption.
•	 low contactor drop-out voltage (according to IEC 60947-4-1: 0.2 to 0.75 x Uc).

Wiring diagram A
Via maintained pushbutton and 2-core
cable (with a capacity of 0.2 µF/km, for
example).

If lines longer than those indicated are required, the following measures must be taken:
•	 select a contactor with a higher rating.
•	 select a lower control voltage.	 	
•	 connect "RP" impedances in parallel with the contactor coil:
	
103	 	
sizing of parallel resistor: RP =	
(with C in µF)
	
C
The table and graph below can be used to determine the single length of line feeders (distance between the control
device and the contactor coil) in relation to:
•	 the coil holding consumption VA.
•	 the supply voltage.
•	 the capacity in µF/km (depending on the control layout).

Single control line length

Wiring diagrams A and B opposite show two supply and coil control wiring examples.
Coil holding consumption (average value)
Wiring diagram B
Via momentary pushbutton plus hold-in
contact and 3-core cable (with a capacity
of 2 x 0.2 = 0.4 µF/km, for example).

Contactors	
	

a.c. control circuit	
50 Hz	

Contactors	
	

a.c. control circuit
50 Hz

A 9, 12, 16	
A 26, 30, 40	
A 45, 50, 63, 75	
A 95, 110	
A 145, 185	
A 210, 260, 300	

8 VA	
12 VA	
18 VA	
22 VA	
35 VA	
60 VA	

AF 45, 50, 63, 75	
AF 95, 110,	
AF 145, 185,  	
AF 210, 260, 300	
AF 400, 460	
AF 580, 750	

7 VA
7 VA
12 VA
10 VA
12 VA
12 VA	

Permissible single length for the control circuit conductors on contactor opening:
Depending on the coil holding power consumption, on the supply voltage and on the control circuit conductor capacity.

Single line length in metres

1700
1000

2000

1000

2500
2000

300
200

100

50
30
20

10

5
3
2
1.7
0.60

300
200

100

50
30
20

10

5

0.50

2000

3000
2000

1000
500
380

10000

24

5000

1000

2000

500

1000

V
48

3000

V
60

V
0V

500

300
200

300
200

300
200

100
100

20

30

60
50

100

20

30
20

10
10
5

0V

22

0.40

3.3
0.30

0V

V

66

0V

90

-6

V

50
30

10

20

5

10

1 3 5 7 9

0.20

0.10

1

2

Line capacitance in mF/km

Examples:
A 16 contactor
Coil voltage Uc = 500 V, 50 Hz, 8 VA contactor coil holding consumption, control type: diagram A, via maintained pushbutton, and 2-core
cable with a capacity of  0.2 µF/km.
Max. permissible length: 60 m.

ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

00

-4

50

1 3 5 7 9

3

5

10
8

Low Voltage Products & Systems	

V

3

5
2.5

30

-2

V
80

300
200

50
30

11

500

100

50

3
2

5000

1000

500
500

3300

20
18

1 3 5 7 9

30

50

100

200

300

500

1000

Coil holding consumption in VA

A 50 contactor
Coil voltage Uc = 230 V, 50 Hz, 18 VA contactor coil holding consumption, control type: diagram B via momentary pushbutton, hold-in contact and 3-core cable with a capacity of 2 x 0.2 µF/km = 0.4 µF/km.
Max. permissible length: 380 m.
1.77
1SXU000023C0202

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

1

IEC Technical data
Parallel connection of main poles

Parallel Connection of Main Poles
Purpose: Increasing the a.c. resistive load.
Remarks:
– Parallel connection of main poles to increase the d.c. resistive load is not acceptable.
– Parallel connection of main poles does'nt increase the breaking capacity.
Means: The poles can be connected in parallel via shorting bars. See page 1.30.
– LP and LH for parallel connection of 2 poles,
– LY and LF for parallel connection of 3 poles,
The table below shows the uprating factor for  Ie / AC-1 max. in relation to the number of poles in parallel and for a max. switching frequency.

L1
L2
L3

L1
L2
L3

L1
L2
L3

N

N

N

	

	

	

2 poles in //	

Contactors	

	

	

Factor to be applied to the rated operational current Ie / AC-1 to obtain the permissible 	

a.c. Operated	

d.c. Operated	

Cycles / h	

current Ie / AC-1 with "n" poles in parallel.

3-pole contactors
A 9 ... A 75	
AF 50 ... AF 75	
	
AF 145 ... AF 750	

AF 50 ... AF 75
AE..., TAE...	
AL...	

600	
A 95 ... A 300	

1.6	
AF 145 ... AF 750	

2.2	
300	

–
1.6	

2.2	

­–

AF 45 ... AF 75
AE..., TAE...	
AL...	

600	
EK...	

1.6	
EK...	

2.2	
300	

2.6
1.6	

2.2	

2.8

4-pole contactors
A 9 ... A 75	
AF 45 ... AF 75	
	

1.78	
1SXU000023C0202	

3 poles in //	

4 poles in //

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

IEC Technical data
Temporary or intermittent duty
Utilization of Contactors for Temporary / Intermittent Duty
The table below shows the factor to be applied to the rated operational current Ie / AC-1 to obtain the permissible operational current Ie / AC-1 in
relation to the switching frequency and the current flow time per cycle.
Operating cycles per hour	

120	

Current flow time 	
per cycle in seconds.	

Factor to be applied to the rated operational current Ie / AC-1 max.
to obtain the permissible current Ie / AC-1 for temporary / intermittent duty.	

	
	

60	

20	

6	

2	

1

	

5	

2.8	

3.4	

4	

4.7	

5	

	

10	

2.2	

2.6	

3	

3.4	

3.7	

5.2
3.8

	

20	

1.6	

2	

2.4	

2.6	

2.7	

2.8

	

30	

–	

1.7	

2.1	

2.2	

2.3	

2.4

	

40	

–	

1.5	

1.9	

2.0	

2.1	

2.2

	

60	

–	

–	

1.7	

1.8	

1.8	

1.9

Example:
A 9 contactor (intermittent duty, resistive load)
Rated operational current Ie / AC-1 at 55 °C (see page 1.42)	
Switching frequency	
Current flow time per cycle	
Factor to be applied to the current Ie / AC-1	
Permissible current: 2.7 x 22 =	

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

22 A
2 operations/h	
20 s
2.7
59 A

1.79
1SXU000023C0202

1

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

Technical data
Technical terms and definitions

Altitude

Refers to the height of the site where the equipment is located, expressed in
meters above the sea level.

Ambient temperature

Rated control circuit voltage Uc

Control voltage value for which the control circuit of the unit is sized.

Rated insulation voltage Ui

Temperature of the air surrounding the unit.

Voltage value which designates the unit and to which dielectric tests, clearance
and creepage distances are referred.

Circuits

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp

All the conducting parts of a contactor, intended to be included in a circuit
different from the main circuit and the control circuit of the contactor e.g.
signalization, interlocking circuits etc …

Rated operating current Ie

• Auxiliary circuit

• Control circuit
All the conducting parts of a contactor (other than the main circuit) included in
a circuit used for the closing operation, or opening operation, or both, of the
contactor.
• Main circuit
All the conducting parts of a contactor included in the circuit which it is designed
to close or open.

Coil operating range

Expressed as a multiple of the rated control circuit voltage Uc for the lower and
upper limits.

The highest peak value of an impulse voltage of prescribed form 1.2/50, which
does not cause breakdown under specified conditions of test.
Current value stated by the manufacturer and taking into account the rated
operating voltage Ue, the rated frequency, the rated duty, the utilization category,
the electrical contact life and the type of the protective enclosure.

Rated operating voltage Ue

Voltage value to which utilization characteristics of the contactor are referred, i.e.
phase to phase voltage in 3 phase circuits.

Conventional thermal current Ith

Value of current the contactor can withstand with poles in closed position, in
free air for an eight hour duty, without the temperature rise of its various parts
exceeding the limits specified by the standards.

Resistance to shocks

Cycle duration

Total time of the on-load + off-load period.

Requirements applicable for instance to vehicles, crane operation or switchgear
slide-in module systems.

Endurance / durability

At the quoted permissible «g» values, contactors must not undergo a change in
switching state and O/L relays must not trip.

• Electrical endurance

Number of on-load operating cycles (i.e. with current on the main contacts) a
contactor can achieve, varies depending on the utilization category.

Resistance to vibrations

• Mechanical endurance

Requirements applicable to all the vehicles, vessels and other similar transport
systems. At the quoted amplitude and vibration frequency values, the unit must
be capable to achieve the required duty.

Number of off-load operating cycles (i.e. without current on the main contacts) a
contactor can achieve.

Short-circuit protection coordination

Inching

Achieved by using back-up protection devices such as circuit-breakers, H.R.C.
fuses or standard fuses.

Energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small
movements of the driven mechanism.

Co-ordination types a, b, c are defined in IEC 292-1 publication, VDE 0660, NFC
63-650 standards. Co-ordination types "1" and "2" are defined in IEC 947-4-1.

Insulation class according to the VDE 0110 and NFC 20-040

• Type 1 co-ordination

Characterizes contactors suitability in accordance with environment and
utilization conditions. A contactor can be classified depending on its own
clearance and creepage distances in the insulation classes A, B, C, D which
correspond to different insulation voltage values.

There has been no discharge of parts beyond the enclosure. Damage to the
contactor and the overload relay is acceptable.

The insulation class C is applicable to most of the industrial applications.
Equipment described in this catalogue correspond to insulation class C.

No damage to the overload relay or other parts has occurred, except that welding
of contactor or starter contacts is permitted, if they are easily separated.

Intermittent duty

Switching frequency

Duty in which the main contacts of a contactor remain closed for periods of time
insufficient to allow the contactor to reach thermal equilibrium, the currentcarrying periods being separated by off-load periods of sufficient duration to
restore equality of temperature with the cooling medium.

Mounting positions

Stated by the manufacturer. Please note restrictions when applicable.

• Type 2 co-ordination

Number of operating cycles per hour.

Time

• Closing time
Time between energization of the coil until the moment the contacts of the first
current path to be closed actually close.
• Opening time

On-load factor

Ratio of the current flow time to the total time of the cycle x 100.

Time from the beginning of state causing breaking until the moment when the
contacts of the last current path to be opened are open.

Plugging

• Minimal operation time

Stopping or reversing a motor quickly by interchanging two supply leads whilst
the motor is running.

Rated breaking capacity; Rated making capacity

Value of r.m.s current a contactor can break or make at a fixed voltage value,
within the conditions specified by the standards, depending on the utilization
category.

Shortest control duration to ensure complete closing or opening of a contactor.
• Short time current permissible
Value of current which the contactor can withstand in closed position for a short
time period and within specified conditions.
• Time constant
Ratio of inductance to the resistance : L/R = mH/Ohm = ms.

1.80	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

IEC Technical data
Standards, utilization categories

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line
rs

Standards
• IEC standards 158-1: “Contactors” and series IEC 292 :
“Motor-starters” have been revised and replaced by the new IEC 947-4-1 (1990-05): “Contactors and Motor-starters” referring to IEC 947-1 (1988): “General rules”
The new standards will constitute the basis of the future European and National standards, not yet revised.
Therefore the ratings indicated in this catalog are established according to the former and the future standards.
• Main changes and additions in the new standards are:
• Revision and extension of the utilization categories (see hereafter)
• Replacement of the coordination classes types a, b, c by new types: “1” (approximately equivalent to former class “a”) and “2” (approximately equivalent to former
class “c”) with additional requirements.
• Classification of the thermal overload relays in tripping classes: 10 A; 10; 20 and 30 depending on their tripping times, at 1.5 and 7.2 times their setting current, in order
to cover motor applications depending on their starting times. Class 10 A is adapted for motors according to IEC 34-1.
• Introduction of tests to verify the connecting capability and the mechanical strength of terminals.
Utilization categories
A contactor duty is characterized by the utilization category plus indication of the rated operating voltage and the rated operating current (see at Rated …), or the motor
characteristics.

Utilization categories for contactors according to IEC 947-4-1
Alternating current:	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

AC-1	
AC-2	
AC-3	
AC-4	
AC-5a	
AC-5b	
AC-6a	
AC-6b	
AC-8a	
AC-8b	

Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces. Power factor 0.7 - 0.8 (slightly inductive).
Slip-ring motors: starting, switching-off.
Squirrel-cage motors: starting, switching-off motors during running. Power factor 0.4 - 0.5 (AC-3).
Squirrel-cage motors: starting, plugging, inching.
Switching of electric discharge lamp controls.
Switching of incandescent lamps.
Switching of transformers.
Switching of capacitor banks
Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with manual resetting of overload releases
Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with automatic resetting of overload releases.

Direct current:	
	
	
	

DC-1	
DC-3	
DC-5	
DC-6	

Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces.
Shunt motors: starting, plugging, inching. Dynamic breaking of d.c. motors.
Series motors: starting, plugging, inching. Dynamic breaking of d.c. motors.
Switching of incandescent lamps

Utilization categories for contactor relays according to IEC 947-5-1
Alternating current:             	 AC-12	
	
AC-13	
	
AC-14	
	
AC-15	

Control of resistive loads and solid state loads with isolation by opto couplers.
Control of solid state loads with transformer isolation.
Control of small electromagnetic loads (≤ 72 VA).
Control of electromagnetic loads (> 72 VA).

Direct current:	
	
	

Control of resistive loads and solid state loads with isolation by opto couplers.
Control of electromagnets.
Control of electromagnetic loads having economy resistors in circuit.

DC-12	
DC-13	
DC-14	

Utilization categories AC-1, AC-2, AC-3, AC-4 and DC-1, DC-3, DC-5 are maintained with slightly more severe tests.
Other categories have been added in order to standardize specific applications. In fact some contactor applications and the specific criteria characterizing the types of
load controlled can modify the recommended utilization characteristics. These major applications are, for example :

Switching of capacitor banks
This application is characterized by high current peaks when switching-on the contactor and presence of harmonic currents on uninterrupted duty. For this application,
IEC 947-4-1 has defined an utilization category AC-6b. Practical ratings have to be defined according to tests or, in absence of tests, by a calculation indicated in IEC
947-4-1.

Switching of transformers
This application is characterized by high current peaks on contactor closing due to magnetization phenomena. The corresponding utilization category according to IEC
947-4-1 is AC-6a. Ratings are derived from test-values for AC-3 or AC-4 according to formula given in IEC 947-4-1.

Switching of lighting circuits
The current peaks on contactor closing and power factor vary depending on the type of lamps, the switching method used and if compensation systems are fitted or
not.
IEC 947-4-1 contains two standard utilization categories
	
	

AC-5a for switching of the electric discharge lamps.
AC-5b for switching of incandescent lamp.

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.81
1SXU000023C0202

1

e
lin
e
th rs
ss cto
o
r
ta
Ac con

1

UL/CSA Technical data
Motor data

Ampere ratings of 3 phase, AC induction motors
	
	 Horse	
	 power	

110 – 120V	

200 – 208V	
Three	
phase	

380 – 415V1	

220 – 240V	

Single	
phase	

Two	
phase	

	 1/10	

3.0	

—	

	 1/8	

3.8	

—	

	 1/6	

4.4	

	 1/4	

5.8	

	 1/3	

7.2	

—	

—	

4.0	

—	

—	

3.6	

	 1/2	

9.8	

4.0	

4.4	

5.4	

2.2	

2.4	

4.9	

440 – 480V	
Two	
phase	

550 – 600V

Single	
phase	

Two	
phase	

Three	
phase	

Single	
phase	

Two	
phase	

Three	
phase	

Single	
phase	

Three	
phase	

Single	
phase	

Three	
phase	

Single	
phase	

Two 	
phase	

Three
phase

—	

1.65	

—	

—	

1.5	

—	

—	

1.0	

—	

—	

—	

2.1	

—	

—	

1.9	

—	

—	

1.2	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

2.4	

—	

—	

2.2	

—	

—	

1.4	

—	

—

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

3.2	

—	

—	

2.9	

—	

—	

1.8	

—	

—

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—

—	

—	

2.3	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—

2.0	

2.2	

3.2	

1.3	

2.5	

1.0	

1.1	

2.0	

0.8	

0.9

	 3/4	

13.8	

4.8	

6.4	

7.6	

2.6	

3.5	

6.9	

2.4	

3.2	

4.5	

1.8	

3.5	

1.2	

1.6	

2.8	

1.0	

1.3

	 1	

16.0	

6.4	

8.4	

8.8	

3.6	

4.6	

8.0	

3.2	

4.2	

5.1	

2.3	

4.0	

1.6	

2.1	

3.2	

1.3	

1.7

	1 1/2	

20.0	

9.0	

12.0	

11.0	

5.0	

6.6	

10.0	

4.5	

6.0	

6.4	

3.3	

5.0	

2.3	

3.0	

4.0	

1.8	

2.4

	 2	

24.0	

11.8	

13.6	

13.2	

6.5	

7.5	

12.0	

5.9	

6.8	

7.7	

4.3	

6.0	

3.0	

3.4	

4.8	

2.4	

2.7

	 3	

34.0	

16.6	

19.2	

18.7	

9.2	

10.6	

17.0	

8.3	

9.6	

10.9	

6.1	

8.5	

4.2	

4.8	

6.8	

3.3	

3.9

	 5	

56.0	

26.4	

30.4	

30.8	

14.5	

16.8	

28.0	

13.2	

15.2	

17.9	

9.7	

14.0	

6.6	

7.6	

11.2	

5.3	

6.1

	7 1/2	

80.0	

38.0	

44.0	

44.0	

21.0	

24.2	

40.0	

19.0	

22.0	

27.0	

14.0	

21.0	

9.0	

11.0	

16.0	

8.0	

9.0

	 10	

100.0	

48.0	

56.0	

55.0	

26.4	

30.8	

50.0	

24.0	

28.0	

33.0	

18.0	

26.0	

12.0	

14.0.	

20.0	

10.0	

11.0

	 15	

135.0	

72.0	

84.0	

75.0	

39.6	

46.2	

68.0	

36.0	

42.0	

44.0	

27.0	

34.0	

18.0	

21.0	

27.0	

14.0	

17.0

	 20	

—	

94.0	

108.0	

96.8	

52.0	

60.0	

88.0	

47.0	

54.0	

56.0	

34.0	

44.0	

23.0	

27.0	

35.0	

19.0	

22.0

	 25	

—	

118.0	

136.0	

121.0	

65.0	

75.0	

110.0	

59.0	

68.0	

70.0	

44.0	

55.0	

29.0	

34.0	

44.0	

24.0	

27.0

	 30	

—	

138.0	

160.0	

150.0	

76.0	

88.0	

136.0	

69.0	

80.0	

87.0	

51.0	

68.0	

35.0	

40.0	

54.0	

28.0	

32.0

	 40	

—	

180.0	

208.0	

194.0	

100.0	

115.0	

176.0	

90.0	

104.0	

112.0	

66.0	

88.0	

45.0	

52.0	

70.0	

36.0	

41.0

	 50	

—	

226.0	

260.0	

238.0	

125.0	

143.0	

216.0	

113.0	

130.0	

139.0	

83.0	

108.0	

56.0	

65.0	

86.0	

45.0	

52.0

	 60	

—	

—	

—	

—	

147.0	

160.0	

—	

133.0	

154.0	

—	

103.0	

—	

67.0	

77.0	

—	

53.0	

62.0

	 75	

—	

—	

—	

—	

183.0	

212.0	

—	

166.0	

192.0	

—	

128.0	

—	

83.0	

96.0	

—	

66.0	

77.0

	 100	

—	

—	

—	

—	

240.0	

273.0	

—	

218.0	

248.0	

—	

165.0	

—	

109.0	

124.0	

—	

87.0	

99.0

	 125	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

344.0	

—	

—	

312.0	

—	

208.0	

—	

135.0	

156.0	

—	

108.0	

125.0

	 150	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

396.0	

—	

—	

360.0	

—	

240.0	

—	

156.0	

180.0	

—	

125.0	

144.0

	 200	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

528.0	

—	

—	

480.0	

—	

320.0	

—	

208.0	

240.0	

—	

167.0	

192.0

	 250	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

663.0	

—	

—	

602.0	

—	

403.0	

—	

—	

302.0	

—	

—	

242.0

	 300	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

482.0	

—	

—	

361.0	

—	

—	

289.0

	 350	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

560.0	

—	

—	

414.0	

—	

—	

336.0

	 400	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

636.0	

—	

—	

477.0	

—	

—	

382.0

	 500	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

786.0	

—	

—	

590.0	

—	

—	

472.0

1	 To obtain full load currents for 265V and 277V motors, decrease corresponding 220 – 240V ratings by 13 percent and 17 percent.

1.82	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line 1
rs

Approximate dimensions
A/AE9 – A/AE26, 3 pole
00.00

Inches

00.00

[Millimeters]

A/AE9 – A/AE16 — Contactor, 3 pole
2.91
74

2.68
68

0.22

1.38

5.5

1.73

35

44

2.91

2.36

1.97

60

74

50

0.18
4.5

A/AE9 – A/AE16 + VM5 or VE5 — Mechanically interlocked contactor, 3 pole

A9-16,N
2.91
74

5.50

139.7

2.68
68

0.22

4.06

1.38

5.5

103

2.32

35

2.91

59

2.36

74

1.97
50

60

0.18
4.5

A/AE26 — Contactor, 3 pole

A9-16+VM5
3.69
93.6

3.44
87.3

0.35

2.13

1.77

9

54

45

3.15

2.76

3.54

80

70

90

0.17
4.2

A/AE26 + VM5 or VE5 — Mechanically interlocked contactor, 3 pole

A26

4.03
102

3.69
93.6

5.25

133.4

4.84

123.0

4.64

3.44

117.9

87.3

0.35

0.22

2.32

9

5.5

59

5.25

133.4

4.64

3.54

2.76 3.15

117.9

90

70

80

0.17
4.2

1.77
45

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

A26+VM5

2.72
69

1.83
1SXU000023C0202

ine
el s
h
s t or
1 cros tact
A con

Approximate dimensions
A/AE30 – A/AE/AF75, 3 pole

A/AE30 & A/AE40 — Contactor, 3 pole

00.00

Inches

00.00

[Millimeters]

4.26

108.3

4.02
102

0.35

2.13

1.77

9

54

45

3.54

3.15

2.76

80

70

90

0.17
4.2

A/AE30 & A/AE40 + VM5 or VE5 — Mechanically interlocked contactor, 3 pole
A30,40
4.60
117

5.25

4.64

117.9

4.26

133.4

108.3

4.84

0.22

2.32

4.02

123.0

5.5

59

102

0.35
9

5.25

133.4

4.64

3.54

2.76 3.15

117.9

90

70

80

0.17
4.2

1.77

2.72

45

A/AE/AF50 – A/AE/AF75 — Contactor, 3 pole

69

4.25

108
A30,40+VM5
4.00

3.22

101.5

82

0.39

2.76

2.36

10

70

60

3.94 3.54

4.33
110

90

100

0.24
6.2

A/AE/AF50 – A/AE/AF75 + VM5 or VE5 — Mechanically interlocked contactor, 3 pole

A( E ) 50-75
4.54

6.00

115.3

6.62

168.2

6.10
155

152.5

4.25
108

3.00

4.00

0.22

76.3

101.5

5.5

0.39
10

6.50

165

3.54

5.87
149

4.33

90

110

3.94
100

0.24
2.36
60

1.84	
1SXU000023C0202	

A50-75+VM5

6.2

3.35
85

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line 1
rs

Approximate dimensions
A/AE/AF95 & A/AE/AF110, 3 pole
00.00

Inches

00.00

[Millimeters]

A/AE/AF95 & A/AE/AF110 — Contactor, 3 pole
4.86

123.5

4.61

4.02

117

102

0.39

3.54

3.07

10

90

78

5.35
136

5.83

4.96

148

126

0.2
4

A/AE/AF95 & A/AE/AF110 + VE5 — Mechanically interlocked contactor, 3 pole

A( E ) 95-A110

8.70

5.17

7.68

123.5

221

195

7.91

131

200.1

4.86

0.31

3.90

8

99

0.39
10

8.10

205.7

4.96

7.28

4.33

126

185

148

5.35
136

0.24
6.2

3.07
78

4.13
105

A95-110+VM5

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.85
1SXU000023C0202

ine
el s
h
s t or
1 cros tact
A con

Approximate dimensions
A/AE9 – A/AE/AF75, 4 pole

A/AE9 – A/AE16 — Contactor, 4 pole

00.00

Inches

00.00

[Millimeters]

2.91
74

2.68
68

1.73

0.22

1.38

5.5

35

44

2.91

2.36

1.97

60

74

50

0.18
4.5

A9-16,N
3.69

A/AE26 — Contactor, 4 pole

93.6

3.44
87.3

0.35

2.13

1.77

9

54

45

3.15

2.76

3.54

80

70

90

0.17
4.2

A/AE/AF45 – A/AE/AF75 — Contactor, 4 pole

A26
4.71

119.5

4.45
113

3.62
92

0.39

3.23

10

82

3.94 3.54

4.33

100

110

90

0.24
6.2

A45

1.86	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Approximate dimensions
AL9 – AL40, 3 & 4 pole
00.00

Inches

00.00

[Millimeters]

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line 1
rs

AL9, AL12,, AL16 — Contactor, 3 & 4 pole

AL26 — Contactor, 3 & 4 pole

AL30, AL40 — Contactor, 3 pole

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.87
1SXU000023C0202

ine
el s
h
s t or
1 cros tact
A con

Approximate dimensions
Accessories for A/AE9 – A/AE/AF110
00.00

Inches

00.00

[Millimeters]

A/AE9 – A/AE40
A/AE/AF50 – A/AE/AF110

A

B

SIDE MOUNTED
AUXILIARY

C

SINGLE POLE
TOP MOUNTED
AUXILIARY

D

PNEUMATIC
TIMER

TYPE

1SXU000023C0202	

F

E

ON-POSITION
LATCH

1.88	

FOUR POLE
TOP MOUNTED
AUXILIARY

MECH INTERLOCK D.C.
OPERATED

A

B

C

D

E

F

IN

2.20

3.96

4.21

5.71

5.00

–
–

IN

2.20

IN

2.20

IN

3.23

IN

4.09
104

145.5

IN

4.02

5.91

A/AE9-16

MM

A/AE26

MM

A/AE30-40

MM

A/AE/AF50-75

MM

A/AE/AF45

MM

A/AE/AF95-110

MM

56
56
56

82

102

100.5

4.72

107

126.3

164.3

146.3

5.76

–
–

5.30

5.55

7.05

6.34

–
–

5.27

141

179

140.3

178.5

160.4

6.32

–
–

5.73

5.98

7.48

6.77
172

–
–

6.16

–
–

–
–

–
–

152

156.5

7.03

161

133.9

150

5.52

6.47

127

119.8
134.5

4.97

145

190

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Approximate dimensions
A/AF145 – A/AF185
00.00

Inches

00.00

[Millimeters]

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line 1
rs

A/AF145 & A/AF185

A/AF145, A/AF185 with mechanical interlock

A/AF145, A/AF185 reversing

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.89
1SXU000023C0202

ine
el s
h
s t or
1 cros tact
A con

Approximate dimensions
A/AF145 – A/AF300
00.00

Inches

00.00

[Millimeters]

A/AF145 – A/AE/AF95-110 mechanically interlocked

A/AF210, A/AF260, A/AF300

1.90	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Approximate dimensions
A/AF210 – A/AF300
00.00

Inches

00.00

[Millimeters]

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line 1
rs

A/AF210, A/AF260, A/AF300 with mechanical interlock

A/AF210, A/AF260, A/AF300 reversing +TA450

A/AF210, A/AF145 with mechanical interlock

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.91
1SXU000023C0202

ine
el s
h
s t or
1 cros tact
A con

Approximate dimensions
AF400 – AF460
00.00

Inches

00.00

[Millimeters]

AF400, AF460

AF400, AF460 with mechanical interlock

1.92	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Approximate dimensions
AF400 – AF750
00.00

Inches

00.00

[Millimeters]

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line 1
rs

AF400, AF460 reversing

AF580 – AF750

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.93
1SXU000023C0202

ine
el s
h
s t or
1 cros tact
A con

Approximate dimensions
AF580 – AF750
00.00

Inches

00.00

[Millimeters]

AF580 – AF750 with mechanical interlock

AF580 – AF750 reversing

1.94	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Approximate dimensions
AF1350 – AF1650
00.00

Inches

00.00

[Millimeters]

Ac

ro
co ss
nt the
ac
to line 1
rs

AF1350 – AF1650

9.6
[244]

Low Voltage Products & Systems	
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage	

1.95
1SXU000023C0202

ine
el s
h
s t or
1 cros tact
A con

Approximate dimensions
EK110 – EK550, 4 pole

B

P

B1
D

G

Inches

00.00

[Millimeters]

F1

P1

T1

00.00

T
PE

H

H1

C1

E
M6

F

in

EK 110

mm

EK 150

mm

EK 175

mm

EK 210

mm

EK 370

in
in
in
in

mm
EK 550
in
EK 1000 mm

M4

B

6.50
165
6.50
165
7.91
201
7.91
201
10.63
270
10.63
270

C

K1

B1

5.35
136
5.35
136
6.93
176
6.93
176
9.61
244
9.61
244

C

4.72
120
4.72
120
6.30
160
6.30
160
8.66
220
8.66
220

C1

5.51
140
5.51
140
5.51
140
5.51
140
7.87
200
7.87
200

D

0.26
6.6
0.43
11
0.43
11
0.43
11
0.43
11
0.43
11

E

1,57
40
1.57
40
0.59
15
0.59
15
1.57
40
1.57
40

F

1.61
41
1.65
42
1.77
45
1.77
45
2.64
67
2.64
67

F1

1.69
43
1.65
42
2.64
67
2.64
67
2.76
70
2.76
70

G
0.59
15
0.79
20
0.79
20
0.79
20
0.98
25
0.98
25

H

6.14
156
6.14
156
6.14
156
6.14
156
8.78
223
8.78
223

H1

6.14
156
6.77
172
7.80
198
7.80
198
10.71
272
10.71
272

C2

K1

0.30
7.5
0.39
10
0.39
10
0.39
10
0.49
12.5
0.49
12.5

P

6.08
154.5
6.08
154.5
6.77
172
6.77
172
8.88
225.5
8.88
225.5

P1

4.03
102.3
4.03
102.3
4.20
106.7
4.20
106.7
5.49
139.5
5.49
139.5

T

0.39
10
0.39
10
0.39
10
0.39
10
0.91
23
0.91
23

T1

0.16
4
0.16
4
0.20
5
0.20
5
0.24
6
0.24
6

EK110-550

1.96	
1SXU000023C0202	

Low Voltage Products & Systems
ABB Inc. • 888-385-1221 • www.abb.us/lowvoltage



Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : Yes
Page Mode                       : UseThumbs
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.0-c316 44.253921, Sun Oct 01 2006 17:08:23
Modify Date                     : 2009:07:21 13:27:21-05:00
Create Date                     : 2009:07:21 13:27:21-05:00
Metadata Date                   : 2009:07:21 13:27:21-05:00
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:c330bce2-beb1-460e-a51a-71ad9988e24e
Instance ID                     : uuid:8bc60048-59a0-48fe-82a9-fbadf028ef9c
Has XFA                         : No
Page Count                      : 96
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu